Correct Options: D: Welfare Civil&Mech 2017)

Q 32782)
the maximum torque for the shaft section occurs between

A. P and Q
B.P and R
C.Q and R
D.R and S
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Bookmark Solve Later
Q 31096)
Power is transmitted through a shaft, rotating at 2.5 Hz (150 rpm). The mean torque on the shaft
is 20 103 Nm. What magnitude of power in kW is transmitted by the shaft? [TSPSC AEE Tribal
Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 50π
2. 120π
3. 100π
4. 150π
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31091)
Steel shaft and brass shaft of same length and diameter are connected by a flange coupling. The
assembly is rigidly held at its ends and is twisted by a torque through the coupling. Modulus of
rigidity of steel is twice that of brass. If torque of the steel shaft is 500 Nm; then the value of the
torque in brass shaft will be[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 250 Nm
2. 354 Nm
3. 500 Nm
4. 708 Nm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27547)
A solid shaft of diameter 'D' carries a twisting moment that develops maximum shear stress. If
the shaft is replaced by a hollow one of outside diameter 'D' and inside diameter D/2, then the
maximum shear stress will be[MPSC ESE 2017-1]
(1) 1.067 τ
(2) 1.143 τ
(3) 1.33 τ
(4) 2 τ
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27543)
A circular shaft was initially subjected to bending moment and then was subjected to torsion. If
the magnitude of bending moment is found to be the same as that of the torque, then the ratio of
maximum bending stress to shear stress would be[MPSC ESE 2017-1]
1. 0.25
2. 0.50
3. 2.0
4. 4.0
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26617)
The maximum stress of a shaft 100 mm diameter and 2.7 m length subjected to a torque of 125
KNm with shear modulus of 75 GPa is[TRB PL 2012]
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26401)
A shaft turns at 150 rpm under a torque of 1500 Nm. Power transmitted is[TNPSC AE Re-
Exam 2019]
A. 15πkW
B. 10πkW
C. 7.5π kW
D. 5πkW
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25823)
two shafts having same length and made of same materials are joined in series. If the ratio of the
diameter of first shaft to that of second shaft is 2, then the ratio of the angle of twist of the first
shaft to that of the second shaft is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 8 (d) 16
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25209)
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24623)
at a section of a shaft, a bending moment of 8 kN-m and a twisting moment of 6 kN-m act
together. The equivalent twisting moment in kN-m is given by (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 14
(b) 2
(c) 10
(d) 48
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24472)
A solid shaft is subjected to a torque of 200 N-m. If it is rotating at 150 rpm the power
transmitted by shaft in kW will be[AE (ENV) Mains-2017]
Options :
A.π
B.π/2
C.2 π
D.2.5 π
Correct Options : A
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 24192)
The diameter of shaft B is twice that of shaft A. Both shafts have the same length and are of the
same material. If both are subjected to same torque, then the ratio of the angle of twist of shaft A
to that of shaft B will be [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :16
Related Exams

More

Q 24189)
The outside diameter of a hollow shaft is twice its inside diameter. The ratio of its torque
carrying capacity to that a solid shaft of the same material and the same outside diameter is
[APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :15/16
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 24187)
A shaft is turns at 180 rpm under a torque of 150 Nm. Power transmitted is[APPSC AEE 2019
Paper-3]
Ans: 0.90 πkW
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24186)
A solid shaft of diameter D carries a twisting moment that develops maximum shear stress τ . If
the shaft is replaced by hollow one of outside diameter ‘D’ and inside diameter D/2, then the
maximum shear stress will be [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :1.067τ
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24185)
A hollow shaft of inner radius 30mm and outer radius 50mm is subjected to a twisting moment.
If the shear stress developed at inner radius of shaft is 60 N/mm2. What is the maximum shear
stress in shaft? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :100 N/mm2.
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23880)
The ratio of maximum shear stress of a solid shaft of diameter D to that of a hollow shaft having
external diameter D and internal diameter 0.5D is [APPSC AEE Prelims 2016]
1)0.50
2)1.00
3)1.50
4)0.94
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22849)
A hollow shaft of external and internal diameter as 100 mm and 40 mm respectively is

transmitting power at 120 rpm. If the shearing stress is not to exceed 50 MPa, the power the shaft
can transmit will be[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 100 kW
(b) 120 kW
(c) 140 kW
(d) 160 kW
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17792)
A stepped circular shaft is fixed at A and C as shown in the above figure. The diameter of the
shaft along BC is twice that of as along AB. The torsional rigidity of AB is GJ. The torque
required for unit twist at B is [IES 2013-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17787)
A 60 mm dia. shaft is subjected to a torque of 6 kN-m. C = 8 x 104 N/mm2 .The maximum shear

stress induced in the shaft in N/mm2 will be[IES 2013-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17777)
A solid shaft of circular cross-section is subjected to torque T which produces a maximum shear
stress 1 in the shaft. The diameter of the shaft will be [IES 2012-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17755)
A solid circular shaft subjected to a torque T produces maximum shear stress fs ,which is the
maximum principal value in the material .The corresponding diameter of the shaft should be[IES
2010-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17727)
Torsion applied to a circular shaft results in a twist of 10 over a length of 1 m.The maximum
shear stress induced is 120 N/mm2 and the modulus of rigidity of the shaft material is 0.8 x
105N/mm2.What is the radius of the shaft? [IES 2009-1]
A.300/π B.180/π
C.90/π D.270/π
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15734)
The required diameter for a solid shaft to transmit 400 kW at 150 rpm, with the working shear
stress not to exceed 80 MN/m2, is nearly [IES 2018]
(a) 125 mm
(b) 121 mm
(c) 117 mm
(d) 113 mm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15733)
A solid shaft A of diameter D and length L is subjected to a torque T; another shaft B of the
same material and of the same length, but half the diameter, is also subjected to the same torque
T. The ratio between the angles of twist of shaft B to that of shaft A is [IES 2018]
(a) 32
(b)16
(c) 8
(d) 4
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Re
Q 15651)
A stepped steel shaft is subjected to a clockwise torque of 10 Nm at its free end. Shear modulus
of steel is 80 GPa. The strain energy stored in the shaft is [IES 2017]
(a) 1.73 Nmm

(b)2.52 Nmm
(c) 3.46 Nmm
(d) 4.12 Nmm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15316)
Two thin-walled tubular members made of the same material have the same length, same wall
thickness and same total weight and are both subjected to the same torque of magnitude T. If the
individual cross-sections are circular and square, respectively, as in the figures, then the ratios of
the shear stress T reckoned for the circular member in relation to the square member will be [IES
2016-1]
(a)0.785
(b)0.905
(c) 0.616
(d) 0.513
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15315)
A hollow steel shaft has outside diameter and inside diameter d/2. The value of d for the shaft, if
it has to transmit 200 hp at 105 rpm with a working shear stress of 420 kg/cm2, is [IES 2016-1]
(a) 5.6 cm
(b) 2.6 cm
(c) 12.1 cm
(d) 15.5 cm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15313)
Torques are transmitted to the solid circular shaft as shown in the figure below. If the
corresponding permissible stress in the shaft is 60 N/mm2 , the diameter of the shaft is nearly.
[IES 2016-1]
(a) 57.3 mm
(b)47.3 mm
(c) 37.3 mm
(d)27.3 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15312)
A circular shaft rotates at 200 rpm and is subject to a torque of 1500 Nm. The power transmitted
would be[IES 2016-1]
A.10π kW
B.15 π kW
C.20 π kW
D.30 π kW
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15131)
A hollow circular shaft has the diameters 50 cm and 30 cm and is subjected to a torque. If the
realized maximum shear stress is 30 N/ mm2, what is the applied torque to nearest units? [IES
2015-1]
(a) 160 Nm
(b) 320 Nm
(c) 80 Nm
(d) 32 Nm
options not matching
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15129)
What is the power transmitted by a 100 mm diameter solid shaft at 150 rpm without exceeding a
maximum stress of 60 N/mm2?[IES 2015-1]
Take π2 =10.
(a) 187.5 kW
(b) 18.75 kW
(c) 1.875 kW
(d) 1875k W
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15128)
A metal shaft of solid circular section rotates at 160 rpm and is subjected to a torque of 1500
Nm. What is the power, in kW, transmitted by the shaft? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 32 π
(b)16 π
(c) 12 π
(d) 8 π
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15113)
A circular shaft of diameter ‘D’ is made of a material for which Young’s Modulus of Elasticity is
‘E’ and Poisson’s Ratio is ‘v’. The ratio of flexural rigidity to torsional rigidity for the shaft
is[IES 2015-1]
(a) 4 (1 + v)
(b) 1.5(1-2v)
(c) (1 + v)
(d)0.25(1+v)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15043)
A solid shaft transmits 150 kW at a shear stress of 70 MPa running at a frequency of 3 Hz. What
will be the shear stress when the frequency is 1.5 Hz ? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 35 MPa
(b) 50 Mpa
(c) 57 MPa
(d)140 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14314)
A shaft rotating N.R.M. under a torque T, transmits a power of[SSC JE 23-01-2018 AN]
1) TπN/30 Newton meters/sec
2) TπN/30 Newton meters/min
3) TπN/60 Newton meters/min
4) TπN/60 Newton meters/sec
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14214)
For permissible shear stress fs, the torque transmitted by a thin tube of mean diameter D and wall
thickness t is [SSC JE 22-01-2018 FN]
1){(πD2)/2}t fs
2){(πD)/2}t fs
3){(nD2)}tfs
4){(πD2 t2 )/4}/ fs
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14013)
If a solid shaft (diameter 20 cm, length 400 cm, N = 0.8 x 105 N/mm2) when subjected to a
twisting moment, produces maximum shear stress of 50 N/mm2, the angle of twist in radians is
[SSC JE 24-01-2018 AN]
1)0.001
2)0.002
3)0.0025
4)0.004
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13467)
A hollow circular shaft has an outer diameter of 100 mm and inner diameter of 50 mm. If the
allowable shear stress is 125 MPa, the maximum torque (in kN-m) that the shaft can resist
is_______ [GATE 2017 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12407)
A hollow shaft is subjected to torsion. Which of the following diagrams shows the shear stress
variation in the shaft along its radius?[SSC JE 03-03-2017 AN]
1) (a)
2) (b)
3)(c)
4) (d)
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12406)
A circular shaft fixed at A has diameter D for half of its length and diameter D/2 over the other
half. What is the rotation of C relative to B if the rotation of B relative to A is 0.1 radians? [SSC
JE 03-03-2017 AN]
1) 0.4 radians
2) 0.8 radians
3) 1.6 radians
4) 3.2 radians
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12165)
A solid circular beam with radius of 0.25 m and length of 2 m is subjected to a twisting moment
of 20 kNm about the z-axis at the free end, which is the only load acting as shown in the figure.
The shear stress component τxy at point'M' in the cross -section of the beam at a distance of 1m
from the fixed end is [GATE 2018 FN]
A.0.0 MPa
B.0.51 MPa
C.0.815 MPa
D.2.0 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11758)
a rectangular bar has been subjected to torsion .the maximum shear stress will occur __[SSC JE
01-03-2017 FN]
A.at the centre
B.at the corner
C.at the middle of longer side
D.along the diagonal
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11395)
A circular shaft can transmit a torque of 5 kNm. If the torque is reduced to 4 kNm, then the
maximum value of bending moment that can be applied to the shaft is [SSC JE 2008]
(a) 1 kNm
(b) 2 kNm
(c) 3 kNm
(d) 4 kNm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10760)
Two shafts are made of same material and same outer dia. with one having a circular section, and
the other a hallow circular section with inner dia. half that of outer dia. the torque that can be
transmitted by the solid section is N time that of the hollow section, where N is [APPSC AEE
1987]
1.8/7
2.17/16
3.1.5
4.15/16
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10752)
A steel shaft 5 cm. dia. and 50 cm (long is subject to a twisting couple of 11.000 kg. cm. If the
angle of twist be 0.6 degree modulus of rigidity of material of shaft in Kg/sq. cm. [APPSC AEE
1987]
1)0.762 x106
2)0.936x106
3) 0.856 x106
4)0.892x106
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10743)
A shaft transmits 80 H.P. at 60 rpm. If the maximum torque is 30% greater than the mean, the
maximum torque is kg.m. is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.1800 / π
2.3200 / π
3.1920 /π
4.3900 / π
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10742)
A shaft 10 cm dia. and 2 m. long is subjected to torque of 800 kg.m. The maximum shear stress,
in kg/sq. cm. developed is [APPSC AEE 2012]
1.308.6
2.407.4
3.128.6
4.216.2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10466)
For a hollow shaft of external and internal diameters 10 cm and 5 cm respectively, the torsional
sectional modulus will be
approximately_________________________________________________ .[SSC JE 01-03-
2017 AN]
1) 184 cm2
2) 275 cm2
3) 368 cm2
4) 536 cm2
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9556)
The torque required in a circular shaft rotating at 100 r.p.m. to produce 1 h.p. is kg.cm.[APPSC
AE 1993]
1.35.8
2.7.16
3.716
4.358
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9337)
Two shafts are of same length and same material. The diameter and maximum shear stress of the
second shaft is twice that of the first shaft. Then the ratio of power developed between the first
and second shaft is[APPSC AEE 2012]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9336)
A circular shaft subjected to torsion undergoes a twist of I° in a length of 1.2 m. If the maximum
shear stress induced is 100 MPa and the rigidity modulus is 0.8 ´ 105 MPa, the radius of the shaft
in mm should be[APPSC AEE 2012]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9301)
A solid circular shaft is subjected to a maximum shearing stress of 140 MPa. The magnitude of
maximum normal stress developed in the shalt is[APPSC AEE 2012]
1) 140 MPa
2) 80 MPa
3) 70 MPa
4) 60 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9147)
A shaft turns at 150 rpm under a torque of 1500 Nm. Power transmitted is[APPSC AEE 2012]
(1) 15 π kW
(2) 10 π kW
(3) 7.5 π kW
(4) 5 π kW
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9053)
The ratio of maximum shear stress of a solid shaft of diameter D to that of a hollow shaft having
external diameter D and internal diameter 0.5D is[APPSC AEE 2016]
1)0.50
2)1.00
3)1.50
4)0.94
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8693)
The torsional rigidity of a tube of thickness 1.0 mm, diameter 200 mm, and rigidity modulus
100.0 GPa is [TSPSC AEE 2015]
a.314.1 GNm2
b.341.1 GNm2
c.628.3 GNm2
d.157.1 GNm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8620)
The inside diameter of a hollow shaft is one-third of its outside diameter. The ratio of its torque
carrying capacity to that of a solid shaft of the same material and the same outside diameter
is[TSPSC AEE 2017]
(1) 2/3
(2)8/9
(3) 26/27
(4)80/81
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8464)
Two circular shafts of same length, weight and material are compared for strength. The first one
is a solid shaft and the other is a hollow shaft of outer to timer diameter ratio as 2. The ratio of
the torque carrying capacity of the hollow shaft to solid shaft considering the shear stress
criterion alone is.[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2015]
A.2.5/√3
B.5√3/6
C.√3
D.√(3/2)
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5650)
a hollow circular shaft has an outer diameter of 100 mm and a wall thickness of 25 mm.the
allowable shear stress in the shaft is 125 Mpa .The maximum totque the shaft can transmit is
[GATE-09]
(a)46 KN-m
(b) 24.5 KN-m
(c) 23 KN-m
(d) 11.5 KN-m
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5648)
The maximum and minimum shear stresses is a hollow circular shaft of outer diameter 20 mm
and thickness 2mm ,subjected to a torque of 92.7 N-m will be(GATE-07)
(a) 59 MPa and 47.2 MPa
(b)100MPa and 80MPa
(c) 118 Mpa and 160 MPa
(d) 200 MPa and 160 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5493)
A hollow shaft of 16 mm outside diameter and 12 mm inside diameter is subjected to a torque of

40 N-m. The shear stresses at the outside and inside of the material of the shaft are
respectively[IES 2014-1]
a) 62.75 N/mm 2 and 50.00 N/mm 2
b) 72.75 N/mm 2 and 59.54 N/mm 2
c) 79.75 N/mm 2 and 59.54 N/mm 2
d) 80.00 N/mm 2 and 40.00 N/mm 2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5492)
A circular shaft of diameter D is subjected to a torque T. The maximum shear stress of the shaft
will be[IES 2014-1]
a) Proportional to D 3
b) Proportional to D 4
c) Inversely proportional to D 3
d) Inversely proportional to D 4
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5490)
A solid shaft of 80 mm diameter is transmitting 100 kW of power at 200 rpm. The maximum
shear stress induced in the shaft will nearly be[IES 2014-1]
a) 60 N/mm 2
b) 56 N/mm 2
c) 52 N/mm 2
d) 48 N/mm 2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5051)
A bar AB of diameter 40 mm and 4 m long is rigidly fixed at its ends. A torque 600 N-m is
applied at a section of the bar, 1 m from end A. The fixing couples T A and T B at the supports A
and B respectively are[IES 2012-1]
a) 200 N-m and 400 N-m
b) 300 N-m and 150 N-m
c) 450 N-m and 150 N-m
d) 300 N-m and 100 N-m
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4691)
A solid shaft rotating at 180 rpm is subjected to a torque of 5000 Nm. What is the power
transmitted by the shaft in kW?[IES 2010-1]
a) 25π
b) 20 π
c) 60 π
d) 30 π
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4483)
A 40 mm diameter shaft is subjected to a twisting moment M 1 . If shear stress developed in shaft
is 5 N/mm 2 , what is the value of the twisting moment?[IES 2009-1]
a) 628.8 Nm
b) 328.4 Nm
c) 62.8 Nm
d) 30.4 Nm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3993)
A circular shaft of diameter 30 mm having shear modulus G = 80 GPa is subjected to moment as

shown above.What is the maximum shear stress developed at periphery of shaft at A?[IES 2007-
1]
a. 20.6 MPa
b. 15.3 MPa
c. 7.4 MPa
d. Zero
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3769)
For the circular shaft AB, as shown in the figure above, a torque ‘T’ is applied at section XX at
C, such that b/a = 1.5. The shaft is uniform in section. What is the ratio of TA/TB?[IES 2006-1]
a. 3
b. 1.5
c. 0.67
d. 0.5
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3293)
The maximum shear stress produced in a shaft in 5N/mm2. The shaft is of 40 mm diameter. What
is the approximate value of twisting moment ?[IES 2004-1]
a. 628 Nm
b. 63 Nm
c. 126 Nm
d. 251 Nm
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3187)
A solid circular shaft of diameter d is subjected to a twisting moment T. The maximum shear
stress in the shaft is proportional to[IES 2003-1]
a. d 2
b. d
c. 1/d 2
d. 1/d 3
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2837)
Two shafts having same length and material are joined in series and subjected to a torque of 10
kNm. If the ratio of their diameters is 2 : 1, then the ratio of their angles of twist is[IES 2002-1]
a. 16 : 1
b. 2 : 1
c. 1 : 2
d. 1 : 16
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2832)
A solid circular shaft, ABC, has a total length of ‘3 a’. A gear wheel positioned at B, at distance
‘a ‘from the left hand end A, exerts a torque T. If the ends A and C are instantaneously locked in
position by brakes just before the torque is applied, the torsional moments induced in both
segments T1 (AB) and T2 (BC) are in the ratio[IES 2002-1]
a. 3 : 1
b. 2 : 3
c. 1 : 2
d. 2 : 1
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2624)
Two steel shaft ‘A’ and ‘B’ are used for transmitting power. The ratio of revolutions of shafts i.e.
NA / NB = 2. The ratio of torques on shafts i.e. TA / TB = 1/2. The ratio of the horse power
transmitted by the shaft i.e. PA/PB would be[IES 2001-1]
a. 1/2
b. 1/4
c. 1
d. 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2410)
A solid shaft of 100 mm diameter in a small hydraulic turbine is subjected to an axial

compressive load of 100π kN and a torque of 5π kNm. The maximum shear stress induced in the
shaft is[IES 2000-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33933)
A solid circular torsional member OPQ is subjected to torsional moments as shown in the figure
(not to scale). The yield shear strength of the constituent material is 160 MPa.
The absolute maximum shear stress in the member (in Mpa, round off to one decimal place) is
________[GATE 2021 AN]
Correct Answer : 15.3-15.3
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33380)
What is the strength of the welded joint of size 10 × 110 mm if 70 MPa is the allowable shear
stress for the weld material? [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2016 PRELIMS]
(1) 50 kN
(2) 54.44 kN
(3) 70 kN
(4) 74.44 kN
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33093)
Normal stresses of 12 MN/m2 (Tensile) and 94 MN/m2 (Compressive) are acting at a point in an

elastic material at right angles to each other. If the maximum principal stress is limited to 146
MN/m2, the shear stress that may be allowed at that point in the same plane is[ESE Prelims
2021]
(a) 170 MN/m2
(b) 89 MN/m2
(c) 69 MN/m2
(d) 96 MN/m2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33069)
A motor driving a solid circular shaft transmits 30 kW at 500 r.p.m. What is the torque activity
on the shaft, if allowable shear stress is 42 MPa?[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 427 Nm
(b) 573 Nm
(c) 180 Nm
(d) 219 Nm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32804)
A 8mm thick Copper sheet is cut with a 9 cm diameter round punch. If the punch exerts a force
of 16 kN. Find the shear stress in the sheet. [DFCCIL 2016]
A.9.80 MPa
B.11.43 MPa
C.7.08 MPa
D.17.86 MPa
Correct Options : C
Related Exams

More

Q 32599)
The maximum crushing stress in a punch is four times the shear stress of aplate of thickness t in
which a hole is to be punched.the smallest hole that can be punched has the diameter[AEE 2007]
A.t
B.t/2
C.2t
D.t/4
Correct Options : A
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 32231)
a beam of rectangular cross-section is 100 mm wide and 200 mm deep. if the section is subjected
to a shear force of 20 kN, then the maximum shear stress in the section is : [OPSC AEE 2019
PAPER-1]
(a) 1.25 N/mm2
(b) 1.5 N/mm2
(c) 1.6 N/mm2
(d) 1.75 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31095)
When subjected to a torque, a circular shaft undergoes a twist of 10 in a length of 1200 mm, and
the maximum shear stress induced is 80 N/mm2. The modulus of rigidity of the material of the
shaft is 0.8 105 N/mm2. What is the radius of the shaft? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare
Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 90 /π mm
2. 108 /π mm
3. 180 / π mm
4. 216 /π mm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31090)
Two steel shafts, one solid of diameter D and other hollow of outside diameter D and inside
diameter D/2 are twisted to the same angle of twist per unit length. Ratio of maximum shear
stress in solid shaft to that in the hollow shaft is[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech
2017]
1. 4/9
2. 8/7
3. 16/15
4. 1
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31077)
A timber beam is simply supported at the ends and carries a concentrated load at mid span. The
maximum longitudinal stress f is 12 N/mm2 and the maximum shear stress q is 1.2 N/mm2. The
ratio of span to depth would be[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 10
2. 6
3. 5
4. 4
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29617)
The maximum shear stress of rectangular beam of width 100 mm and subjected to a maximum
shear force of 60 KN, is 4 N/mm2. The depth of the beam is(MCSE 2016)
(A) 150 mm
(B) 225 mm
(C) 200 mm
(D) 250 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28145)
a beam of rectangular cross-section is 100 mm wide and 200 mm deep if the section is subjected
to a shear force of 20 kN, then the maximum shear stress in the section is [RPSC AE 2013]
(a) 1 N/mm2
(b) 1.125 N/mm2
(c) 1.33 N/mm2
(d) 1.5 N/mm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28092)
a beam of rectangular section is subjected to transverse loads.In a section where the shear stress
(1/4)th depth of beam,is 160MPa,the maximum shear stress is
A.130 MPa
B.160 MPa
C.200 MPa
D.213 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28087)
For a beam of square cross-section B × B, is used as a beam with one diagonal horizontal .the
location of maximum shear stress from the neutral axis will be the distance of (IES-1998)
(a) zero
(b) B/4
(c) B/4√2
(d) B/8
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27737)
At a point in the web of a girder the bending stress (σx) is 3 MPa (tensile) and the shearing stress
(τ) at the same point is 2 MPa, then the maximum shear stress is[MPSC ESE 2018-1]
1. 1.5 MPa
2. 4 MPa
3. 2.5 MPa
4. 1 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26616)
The shear stress at the neutral axis of a rectangular beam of width b = d/Σ subjected to a shear
force 100 KN is[TRB PL 2012]
1. 300/d2
2. 150/d2
3. 75/d2
4. 100/d2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24938)
A hole to be punched in a plate of 10mm thick.The allowable crushing stress of the punch is 4
times the shearing/stress of the plate.The diameter of the snallest hole that can be punched in the
plate in 'mm'is
A.10 mm
B.20 mm
C.40 mm
D.none
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24915)
the flange and web plates of the doubly symmetric built-up section are connected by continuous
10 mm thick fillet welds as shown in the figure (not drawn to the scale) the moment of inertia of
the section about its principal axis X-X is 7.73× 106 mm4. The permissible shear stress in the
filler welds is 100 N/mm2. The design shear strength of the section is governed by the capacity of
the fillet welds.
The maximum shear force (in kN, round off to one decimal place) that can be carried by the
section, is __ [GATE 2020 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24622)
an I-beam section is of 100 mm width flange and 20 mm thick web. Under a given shear force,
the increase in the shear stress at the junction of flange and web would be (TSPSC-AEE-2018)
(a) 80 times
(b) 120 times
(c) 2000 times
(d) 5 times
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23989)
A beam of rectangular section 200 mm × 300 mm carries certain loads such that bending
moment at a section A is M and at another section B it is (M + ΔM). The distance between
section A and B is
1 m and there are no external loads acting between A and B. If ΔM is 20 kNm, maximum shear
stress in the beam section is (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) 0.5 MPa
(b) 1.0 MPa
(c) 1.5 MPa
(d) 2.0 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23874)
In a beam of rectangular cross section, the ratio of the maximum shear stress to the average shear
stress is [APPSC AEE Prelims 2016][APPSC AE 1993][APPSC AEE 2012]
A.2.50
B.2.00
C.1.50
D.1.33
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22853)
a simply supported wooden beam 100 mm wide, 250 mm deep and 3 m long is carrying a
uniformly distributed load of 40 kN/m. the maximum shear stress will be[IES 2020 prelims]
(a)2.4 MPa
(b) 2.8 MPa
(c) 3.2 MPa
(d) 3.6 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22850)
A circular beam of 100 mm diameter is subjected to ashear force of 30 kN. The maximum shear
stress will be nearly[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 5.1 MPa
(b) 6.3 MPa
(c) 7.5 MPa
(d) 8.7 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22726)
two planks each of 50mm× 50 mm section are glued together along the length to form a section
50mm× 100 mm and used as a beam. If the shear force at a section is 100 N, what is the
maximum shear stress on the glue? (Scientist/Engineer_ ISRO-2020
(a) 0.15 MPa
(b) 0.3 MPa
(c) 0.6 MPa
(d) 2.4 MPa
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22635)
A rectangular beam 100 mm wide and 100 mm deep is subjected to a shear of 10 × 103 N. it will
experience a maximum shear stress of (Engineering Assistant & Ward Amenities_2019)
(a) 0.5 N/mm2
(b) 1.0 N/mm2
(c) 1.5 N/mm2
(d) 2.0 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
Q 22416)
A cantilever beam of span 6 meter with right end fixed carries a uniformly distributed load of
3kN/m throughout its length. The magnitude of maximum shear force is (TNPSC AE -2012)
(a) -24 kN -m
(b) -12 kN
(c) -24kN
(d) -18kN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21826)
A bar 40 mm in diameter and subjected to a tensile force of 40,000 kgs, undergoes elongation
resulting in decrease in diameter considering the properties o the material as E = 2× 105 N/mm2
and POissons ratio μ as 0.3. the modulus of rigidity will be[ISRO 2013]
(a) 76923.07 N/mm2
(b) 20× 104 kg/cm2
(c) 56898.50 N/mm2
(d) 3× 105 kg/cm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17752)
A circular shaft which has a diameter of 100 mm is subjected to a torque of 5 kN-m. The shear
stress in N/mm2,induced in the shaft would be [IES 2010-1]
A.160/π B.120/π
C.125/π D.80/π
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17709)
According to maximum shear stress criterion, at what ratio of maximum shear stress to yield
stress of material, does the yielding of material take place ?[IES 2007-1]
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16153)
The cross-section of a built-up wooden beam as shown in the figure (not drawn to scale) is
subjected to a vertical shear force of 8kN. The beam is symmetrical about the neutral axis (N.A.)
shown, and the moment of inertia about N.A. is 1.5 × 109 mm4. Considering that the nails at the
location P are spaced longitudinally (along the length of the beam) at 60 mm, each of the nails at
P will be subjected to the shear force of [GATE 2019 FN]
(A) 240 N
(B) 480 N
(C) 120 N
(D) 60 N
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15984)
If the average shear stress in a rectangular section beam is 5 N/sq.mm .Then maximum shear
stress for the circular section of the equal area is[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.7.50 N/sq.mm
B.6.65 N/sq.mm
C.10 N/sq.mm
D.2.50 N/sq.mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15956)
A beam of triangular cross-section is subjected to a shear-force of 50 kN. The base width of the
section is 250 mm and the height is 200 mm. The beam is placed with its base horizontal. The
shear stress at neutral axis will be nearly [IES 2019]
(A)2.2 N/mm2 (B)2.7 N/mm2
(C)3.2 N/mm2 (D)3.7 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15953)
The maximum shear stress induced in a solid circular shaft of diameter 15 cm, when the shaft
transmits 150 kW power at 180 rpm, will be [IES 2019]
(A)16 N/mm2 (B)14 N/mm2
(C)12 N/mm2 (D)10 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15739)
In the case of a rectangular beam subjected to a transverse shearing force, the ratio of maximum
shear stress to average shear stress is [IES 2018]
(a) 0.75
(b)1.00
(c) 1.25
(d) 1.50
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15121)
What is the diameter d of a solid circular shaft when subjected to a torque T with a
corresponding maximum shear stress of magnitude fs? [IES 2015-1]
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15118)
The intensity of u.d.l. which, when its acts over the entire span of 1 m of a cantilever beam of
rectangular cross-section of width of 100 mm and depth 200 mm, would produce a maximum
shear stress of 1.5 N/mm2, is[IES 2015-1]
(a) 20 kN/m
(b) 30 kN/m
(c) 26.6 kN/m
(d) 36.6 kN/m
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15117)
A beam of square cross-section is placed such that its neutral axis coincides with its diagonal,
and it is subjected to a shear force F. What is the ratio of the maximum shear stress to the shear
stress at the neutral axis? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 9/8
(b) 8/9
(c) 7/8
(d) 8/7
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15115)
What is the shear stress at the neutral axis in a beam of isosceles triangular section with a base of
40 mm and height 20 mm subjected to a shear force of 3 kN? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 3 MPa
(b) 6 MPa
(c) 10 MPa
(d) 20 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15111)
A simply supported beam of length 4 m is subjected to a uniformly distributed load of 2 kN/m.

What is the maximum shear stress if the cross-section is rectangular, 100 mm wide and 200 mm
deep? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 0.2 N/mm2
(b) 0.1 N/mm2
(c) 0.4 N/mm2
(d) 0.3 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15083)
Two planks each of 50 mm x 50 mm section are glued together along the length to form a section
50 mm x 100 mm; and used as a beam. If the shear force at a section is 1000 N, what is the
maximum shear stress on the glue? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 0.15 MPa
(b)0.3 Mpa
(c) 0.6 MPa
(d) 2.4 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14710)
A bar of square section of area a2 is held such that one of its diameters is vertical. The maximum
shear stress will develop at a depth h where h is [SSC JE 27-01-2018 FN]
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12449)
The figure (all dimensions are in mm) below shows an l-section of the beam. The shear stress at
point P (very close to the bottom of the flange) is 12 MPa. The stress at point Q in the web (very
dose to the flange) is: [SSC JE 03-03-2017 AN]
1)Indeterminable due to incomplete data

2) 60 MPa
3) 18 MPa
4) 12 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9543)
A wooden beam of rectangualr cross section 100 mm x 200 mm is formed by giving two
identical beams of square cross section. If the safe shear strength of the glue is 3 N/mm2, the safe
shear strength[APPSC AE 1993]
1.30 kN
2.40 kN
3.50 kN
4.60 kN
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9142)
A beam of square cross-section with side 100 mm is placed with one diagonal, vertical. If the
shear force acting on the section is 10 kN, the maximum shear stress is[APPSC AEE 2012]
(1) 1 N/mm2
(2) 1.125 N/mm2
(3) 2 N/mm2
(4) 2.25 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8870)
A rectangular beam 200 mm wide and 400 mm deep spans over a distance of 4 meters and
carries a uniformly distributed load 40KN/m.Determine the maximum shear stress acting on the
beam cross section[TS GENCO 2015]
(1)1.5 N/mm2
(2)1.0 N/mm2
(3)3.0 N/mm2
(4)2.0 N/mm2
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8616)
A simply supported beam of rectangular cross-section 100 mm x 200 mm carrying a

concentrated load at mid-span. If the maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 3 MPa,
what is the magnitude of concentrated load ?[TSPSC AEE 2017]
(1) 20 kN
(2)40 kN
(3) 80 kN
(4)160 kN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8465)
For a circular cross section subjected to shear force, the ratio of maximum shear stress to average
shear stress is.[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2015]
(1) 1.0
(2) 2.0
(3) 1.5
(4) 4/3
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5643)
The shear stress at the neutral axis in a beam of triangular section with a base of 40 mm and
height 20mm,subjected to a shear force of 3KN is (GATE-07)
(a) 3MPa
(b) 6 MPa
(c) 10 MPa
(d) 20 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5642)
T-section of a beam is formed by gluing wooden planks as shown in the figure below.if this
beam transmits a constant vertical shear force of 3000 N ,The glue at any of the four joints will
be subjected to a shear force (in KN per meter length) of(GATE-06)
(a)3.0
(b)4.0
(c)8.0
(d)10.7
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5641)
If a beam of rectangular cross section is subjected to a vertical shear force V ,the shear force
carried by the upper one third of the cross section is (GATE-06)
Correct Options : C
Q 5639)
A symmetric I-section (with width of each flange =50mm ,thickness of each flange=10mm,depth
of web=100mm, and thickness of web=10mm)of steel is subjected to a shear force of
100KN .Find the magnitude of the shear stress (in N/mm2) in the web at its junction with the top
flange ____[GATE 2013]
Correct Answer : 71-71
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5047)
A rectangular beam of width 100 mm is subjected to a maximum shear force of 60 kN. The
corresponding maximum shear stress in the cross – section is 4 N/mm 2 . The depth of the beam
should be[IES 2012-1]
a) 200 mm
b) 150 mm
c) 100 mm
d) 225 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4482)
A timber beam is 100 mm wide and 150 mm deep. The beam is simply supported and carries a
concentrated load W. if the maximum stress in shear is 2 N/mm 2 , what would be the
corresponding load W on the beam?[IES 2009-1]
a) 20 kN
b) 30 kN
c) 40 kN
d) 25 kN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3771)
A horizontal beam shown in the figure given above is subjected to transverse loading. Which one
of the following diagrams represents the distribution of shear force along the cross—section ?
[IES 2006-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3768)
Which one of the following diagrams indicates the shear stress distribution for the beam as
shown in the figure above?[IES 2006-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3520)
What is the ratio of maximum shear stress to average shear stress for a circular section?[IES
2005-1]
a. 2
b.3/2
c.4/3
d.3/4
Correct Options : C
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 3167)
The shear stress distribution for a rectangular section under the action of shear force S is shown
below. The rectangular section is b X d. Select the correct shear stress distribution from the
following:[IES 2003-1]
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 2812)
A rectangular beam of width 200 mm and depth 300 mm is subjected to a shear force of 200 kN.
The maximum shear stress produced in the beam is[IES 2002-1]
a. 10.0 MPa
b. 7.5 MPa
c. 5.0 MPa
d. 3.00 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2653)
The maximum shear force at a section is 56 kN. An ISWB of height 350 mm, breadth 200 mm,
thickness of web 8 mm, with a section modulus of 887 cm3 is used as a beam at the section. The
shearing stress is[IES 2001-1]
a. 10 N/mm 2
b. 20 N/mm 2
c. 28.4 N/mm 2
d. 41.6 N/mm 2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2623)
A solid shaft has diameter 80 mm. It is subjected to a torque of 4 kNm. The maximum shear
stress induced in the shaft would be[IES 2001-1]
a. 75/π N/mm2
b. 250/ π N/mm2
c. 125/ π N/mm2
d. 150/ π N/mm2
Correct Options : C
Q 33074)
A steel plate 120 mm wide and 20 mm thick is bent into a circular arc of radius 10 m. What is
the maximum stress produced and the bending moment which can produce this stress
respectively? (Take E = 200 GPa)[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 100 MPa, 32 kN-m
(b) 200 MPa, 160 kN-m
(c) 200 MPa, 1600 kN-m
(d) 20 MPa, 160 kN-m
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33068)
A wooden floor is required to carry a load of 12 kN/m2 and is to be supported by wooden joists

of 120 mm x 250 mm in section over a span of 4 m. If the bending stress in these wooden joists
is not to exceed 8 MPa, what is the spacing of the joists?[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 356 mm
(b) 318 mm
(c) 432 mm
(d) 417 mm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33057)
A beam simply supported over an effective span of 9 m, carries a uniformly distributed load of
60 kN/m, inclusive of its own weight. What is the section modulus of the beam, if fy = 250
n/mm2 and E = 2 x 105 N/mm2 ? (Assume width of support is 200 mm)[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 2612 x 103 mm3
(b) 3682 x 103 mm3
(c) 4682 x 103 mm3
(d) 5124 x 103 mm3
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32756)
The maximum compressive force acting on the hatched area of cross section is
A.25 kN
B.50 kN
C.75 kN
D.zero
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32736)
A simply supported beam (span 3m)of rectangular cross-section is subjected to UDL throughout
its length.If the ratio of maximum normal stress to maximum transverse shear stress in the beam
is 10.the depth of the cross-section is ____mm
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32227)
a steel wire of 20 mm diameter is bent into a circular shape of 10 m radius, then the maximum
stress induced in the wire is[OPSC AEE 2019 PAPER-1]
[take E=2 × 106 kg/cm2]
(a) 1 × 103 kg/cm2
(b) 2 × 103 kg/cm2
(c) 4 × 103 kg/cm2
(d) 6 × 103 kg/cm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31086)
A mild steel structural beam has cross section which is an unsymmetrical I-section. The overall
depth of the beam is 250 mm. The flange stresses at the top and bottom are 2 N/mm2 and 50
N/mm2 respectively. What is the depth of the neutral axis from the top of the beam? [TSPSC
AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 50 mm
2. 100 mm
3. 150 mm
4. 200 mm
no correct answer
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31085)
A mild steel plate is subjected to a moment M each at its ends such that it bends into an arch of a
circle of radium 10 m. The plate has width 60 mm and thickness 10 mm. E = 2 105 N/mm2. What
is the maximum bending stress produced in the plate? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare
Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 100 MPa
2. 200 MPa
3. 300 MPa
4. 400 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31076)
A beam has rectangular section 100 mm 200 mm. If it is subjected to a maximum BM of 4

107 Nmm, then the maximum bending stress developed would be[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare
Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 30 N/mm2
2. 60 N/mm2
3. 90 N/mm2
4. 120 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29678)
A beam ABCD 12 m long simply supported at B and C 8 m apart with equal overhang of 2 m on
both ends is subjected to a u.d.l. of 100 KN/m. The B.M. for which the beam is to be designed
is(MCSE 2016)
(A) 200 KNm
(B) 600 KNm
(C) 640 KNm
(D) 800 KNm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29639)
A beam of length 10 m carries a u.d.I. of 20 KN/m over it’s entire length and rests on two simple
supports with equal overhang at both ends. In order that maximum B.M. produced in the beam is
the least possible, the supports must be placed from the ends at a distance of(MCSE 2016)
(A) 2.86m
(B) 2.93 m
(C) 2.54m
(D) 2.07 m
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29618)
A simply supported beam of ‘T’ section having total depth of 100 mm and depth of N.A. at 25
mm from top of the flange, is subjected to a u.d.l.. The ratio of maximum tensile stress to
maximum compressive stress in the beam is(MCSE 2016)
(A) 3
(B) 2.5
(C) 2
(D) 1.5
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29487)
A 8m long simply supported rectangular beam which carries a distributed load 25.6 kg/m,
experiences a maximum fibre stress 160 kg/cm2. If the moment of inertia of the beam is 640cm4,
the overall depth of the beam is, (WBMC AE 2006)
1. 10cm
2. 12cm
3. 15cm
4. 16cm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29022)
a tapered cantilever beam of constant thickness is loaded as shown in the sketch below.the
bending stress will be[1988]
(a)maximum near the fixed end

(b)maximum at x=L/2
(c)maximum at x=2L/3
(d)uniform throughout the length
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27264)
The ratio of the flexural strengths of two beams of square cross section, the first beam being
placed with its top and bottom sides horizontally and second beam being placed with one
diagonal horizontally, is[MPSC ESE 2016-1]
1. √3
2. 1/√3
3. 1/√2
4. √2
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26899)
The beam is subjected to U.D.L of 41.25 kN/m. Effective span of beam is 8 m. Find section
modulus for the section. Assume σbc = 165 MPa[MPSC ESE 2012-1]
1. 2 × 106 mm3
2. 2 × 103 mm3
3. 2.5 × 106 mm3
4. 2.5 × 103 mm3
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26683)
The ratio of load carrying capacity of mixed beam to that of simply supported beam having same
loading of uniformly distributed loading throughout the span[TNPSC AE 2019]
1. 0.33
2. 1
3. 1.5
4. 3
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26615)
A timber beam of 150 mm width and 200 mm depth is fletched with two steel plates of 10 mm
thickness and 150 mm width at top and bottom. The young’s modulii of steel is 210 GPa and of
timber is 14 GPa. Then the equivalent width of the timer segment is[TRB PL 2012]
1. 15 mm
2. 10 mm
3. 20 mm
4. 110 mm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24806)
a weightless cantilever beam of span L is loaded as shown in figure. For the entire span of the
beam, the material properties are identical and the cross-section is rectangular with constant
width
From the flexure-critical perspective, the most economical longitudinal profile of the beam to
carry the given loads amongst the options given below, is [GATE 2020 AN]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24158)
Cross section of two beams A (600 mm x 200 mm) and B (200mmx600mm) are shown in Fig.
10. Both the beams have the same material. By how many times is the beam A stronger than the
beam B in resisting bending [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer: 3
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24157)
The width required for a beam of uniform strength having a constant depth d, length L, simply
supported at the ends and subjected to central load W is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer : 3WL/2fd2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24133)
If a beam with the rectangular cross section is obtained by cutting from circular log of timber,
then for the beam to have strongest section in bending, the ratio of breadth to depth should be
Correct Ans: 0.707
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24071)
A hollow cast iron pipe is of external diameter 60 mm and 12 mm thick. The section modulus is
[APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2017]
Options :
A. 18448.13 mm3
B. 17017 mm3
C. 19362.24 mm3
D. 16496.75 mm3
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24070)
A beam of symmetrical section is subjected to a bending moment which procedures a maximum

stress of 110 N/mm2 . If the beam is 260mm deep, find radius to which the longitudinal axis of
beam will be bent. Take E = 2 x 105MPa. [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2017]
Options :
A. 236.36m
B. 21.46m
C. 192.71m
D. 28.9m
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24069)
A cantilever of length of 2m fails, when a load of 2300 N is applied at free end. What is the
stress at failure, if the section of cantilever is 50mm x 70mm [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE
2017]
Options :
A. 111.65 MPa
B. 121.38 MPa
C. 132.93 MPa
D. 141.64 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23999)
A rectangular beam section with depth 400 mm and width 300 mm is subjected to a bending
moment of 60 kN/m. The maximum bending stress in the section is (APPSC AEE-2019_
Screening test)
(a) 7.50 MPa
(b) 2.50 MPa
(c) 1.56 MPa
(d) 0.42 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23998)
A square section of side a is oriented as shown in the figure. Determine the section modulus of
the following section? (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) a4/12√ 2
(b) a3/12√ 2
(c) a4/6√ 2
(d) a3/6√ 2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23990)
A mild steel flat of width 100 mm and thickness 12 mm is bent into an arc of a circle of radius of
10 m by applying a pure moment M. If Young’s modulus E = 200 GPa, then the magnitude of M
is (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) 72 Nm
(b) 144 Nm
(c) 216 Nm
(d) 288 Nm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22852)
A floor has to carry a load of 12 kN/m2 the floor is supported on rectangular joists each 100 mm
wide, 300 mm deep and 5 m long. If maximum stress in the joists should not exceed 8 MN/m2,
the centre to centre distance of joists will be[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 430 mm
(b) 400 mm
(c) 360 mm
(d) 320 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22705)
a timber beam of rectangular section of length 8 m is simply supported. The beam carries a
uniformly distributed load of 12 kN/m, over the entire length and a point load of 10kN at 3 m
from the left support. If the depth is two times the width and stress in the timber is not to exceed
10N/mm2, what is the suitable depth of the section? (Scientist/Engineer_ ISRO-2020)
(a) 412 mm
(b) 512 mm
(c) 612 mm
(d) 712 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22584)
a square beam and a circular beam have same length, same allowable stress and same bending
moment. The ratio of weight of the square beam to circular beam is (Engineering Assistant &
Ward Amenities_2019)
(a) 1/2
(b) 1
(c) 1/1.12
(d) 1/√ 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21808)
A concrete floor slab of 140 mm thick is reinforced by 16 mm dia steel rods placed 38 mm above
the lower face of the slab and spaced 150 mm on center. The distance from the upper face of slab
to steel is 100mm. the modulus of elasticity is 25 Gpa for concrete and 200 Gpa for steel.
Knowing that a bending moment of 4.5 KN-M is applied to each 0.30 m width of slab, determine
the maximum stress in the concrete and steel respectively [ISRO 2014]
(a) 12.9 Mpa & 177.8 Mpa
(b) 1.29 Mpa & 1.778 Mpa
(c) 129 Mpa & 17.78 Mpa
(d) 0.129 Mpa & 0.177 Mpa
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20557)
In a cantilever , two strain gauges are places at a distance of 5cm, and the stresses noted had a
difference of 50 N/cm2 when a concentrated loap P acts to the right of the strain gauges. If the
section modulus is 200cm3, the value of P is given by (AEE-1996)
(a) 20N
(b) 200N
(c)2000N
(d)20,000N
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19956)
The c/s of s simply supported beam is that of a uniform T-section with 100 mm × 10 mm flange
and 10 mm × 100 mm web. The maximum bending stress in the beam occurs (AEE-2011)
(a) top of flange
(b) bottom of flange
(c) bottom of web
(d) neutral axis
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19955)
If D is the diameter of log of wood and b width of the strongest flexural section that can be cut
out from the log of wood, then depth= ___ (AEE-2011)
(a) √ 3 × b
(b) √ 5 × b
(c) √ 7 × b
(d) b
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19954)
The ratio of moment of resistance of a square cross-section to that of solid circular cross-section,
of same material and same section modulus is around (AEE-2011)
(a) 0.8
(b)1.0
(c)1.2
(d)1.5
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19953)
In a simply supported beam of rectangular cross-section 100 mm × 200 mm, the bending stress is
limited to 6 N/mm2 . the moment of resistance of the beam is (AEE-2011)
(a) 2 kN-m
(b) 4 KN-m
(c)6 kN-m
(d) 8 kN-m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19949)
A simply supported beam of span L carries two point loads as shown fig. the zone of pure
bending for the beam is (AEE-2011)
(a) AC
(b)CD
(c)DB
(d)AB
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19943)
A hallow beam of square section with external dimensions of 50.0 mm and thickness 5.0 mm can
sustain a stress of 100.0 MPa. Its capacity in flexure is (AEE-2004)
(a) 1.54 kN.m
(b) 1.23 kN.m
(c) 0.72 kN.m
(d)7.16 kN.m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19941)
The dia of a circular cross-section is 400mm. the breadth of strongest beam is__ (AEE-1996)
(a)400/3
(b)400/√ 3
(c)√ 800/3
(d) none
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19934)
The ratio of the moment of inertia of a square plate to that of the circular plate of the same depth
is (AEE-2004,2004Dec)
(a) 1.563
(b) 1.571
(c) 1.698
(d) 3.141
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17786)
A rectangular beam of dimensions b x d is to be cut from a circular log of wood of diameter D.

For the beam to be strongest in bending, the dimensions will be[IES 2013-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17726)
A square section as shown in the figure above is subjected to bending moment M.What is the
maximum bending stress? [IES 2009-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17717)
A circular shaft is subjected to a bending moment Mb and a twisting moment Mt. What is the
ratio of maximum shear stress and the maximum bending stress? [IES 2008-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17682)
A steel wire of 20 mm diameter is bent in to a circular shape of 10 m radius.If E,the modulus of
elasticity ,is 2 x 106 kg/cm2 ,then the maximum tensile stress induced in the wire is nearly [IES
2018]
A. 2 x 103 kg/cm2
B. 4 x 10 3 kg/cm2
C. 2 x 10 4 kg/cm2
D. 4 x 10 4 kg/cm2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16020)
A log of wood is 3 m diameter circular section .Then the width of the strongest rectangular
section is bending that can be cut out from this log of wood is[APPSC AEE2016]
A.√6m
B.√3m
C.1/√3 m
D.√2/3 m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15983)
If a timber beam 8 cm wide and 16 cm deep is to be converted into an equivalent steel section of
the same depth for analysis purpose .then the width of the equivalent section for a modular ratio
of 20 will be[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.160 cm
B.2.5 cm
C.0.4 cm
D.12 cm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15957)
A timber beam, 100 mm wide and 150 mm deep, supports a UDL over a span of 2 m. If the safe
stresses are not to exceed 28 MPa in bending and 2 MPa in shear, the maximum load that the
beam can support is [IES 2019]
(A)16 kN/m
(B)20 kN/m
(C)24 kN/m
(D)28 kN/m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15732)
A horizontal bar of 40 mm diameter solid section is 2.40 m long and is rigidly held at both ends
so that no angular rotation occurs axially or circumferentially at the ends (as shown in figure).
The maximum tensile stress in the bar is nearly [IES 2018]
(a) 12.2 N/mm2

(b) 13.7 N/mm2
(c) 15.2 N/mm2
(d) 16.7 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15728)
A long rod of uniform rectangular section with thickness t, originally straight, is bent into the
form of a circular arch with displacement d at the mid-point of span l. The displacement d may
be regarded as small as compared to the length l. The longitudinal surface strain is [IES 2018].
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15657)
A homogenous prismatic simply supported beam is subjected to a point load F. The load can be
placed anywhere along the span of the beam. The very maximum flexural stress developed in the
beam is [IES 2017]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15650)
The span of a cantilever beam is 2m. The cross-section of the beam is a hollow square with
external sides 100 mm; and its 1 = 4 x105 mm4. The safe bending stress for the beam material is
100 N/mm2. The safe concentrated load at the free end would be [IES 2017]
(a) 100 N
(b) 200N
(c) 300 N
(d) 400N
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15309)
A structural steel beam has an unsymmetrical I-cross-section. The overall depth of the beam is
200 mm. The flange stresses at the top and bottom are 120 N/mm2 and 80 N/mm2, respectively.
The depth of the neutral axis from the top of the beam will be [IES 2016-1]
(a) 120 mm
(b) 100 mm
(c) 80 mm
(d) 60 mm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15308)
In order that the extreme fibre stresses in bending will be in the ratio 4:3 in the beam shown in
the following figure, the width b of the upper flange (b < 10cm) of the beam section is to be[IES
2016-1]
(a) 6.1 cm
(b) 6.6 cm
(c) 5.1 cm
(d) 5.6 cm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15305)
A thin steel ruler having its cross-section of 0.0625 cm x 2.5 cm is bent by couples applied at its
ends so that its length l equal to 25 cm. when bent, as a circular arc, subtends a central angel θ =
60°. Take E = 2x106 kg/cm2. The maximum stress induced in the ruler and the magnitude is [IES
2016-1]
(a) 2618 kg/cm2
(b) 2512 kg/cm2
(c) 2406 kg/cm2
(d) 2301 kg/cm2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15112)
A mild steel structural section is an unsymmetrical I-section, with the greater width at the top
and the smaller width at the bottom. The overall depth of the beam is 300 mm, and the flange
stresses at the top and the bottom of the beam are 150 N/mm2 and 50 N/mm2, respectively.
What is the height of the neutral axis of the beam from its bottom? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 125 mm
(b) 100 mm
(c) 75 mm
(d) 50 mm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14511)
A steel plate d x b is sandwiched rigidly between two timber joists each D x B/2 in section. The
moment of resistance of the beam for the same maximum permissible stress σ in timber and steel
will be:
Where Young's modulus of steel is m times that of the timber [SSC JE 29-01-2018 FN]
1) σ (BD2+ mbd2)/6D
2) σ (BD3+ mbd3)/6D
3) σ (BD3+ mbd3)/4D
4) σ (BD2+ mbd2)/4D
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14509)
The ratio of the length and depth of a simply supported rectangular beam which experiences
maximum bending stress equal to tensile stress due to same load at its mid span is [SSC JE 29-
01-2018 FN]
1)1/2
2) 2/3
3) 1/4
4) 1/3
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14308)
The ratio of the length and diameter of a simply supported uniform circular beam which
experiences maximum bending stress equal to tensile stress due to same load at its mid span is
[SSC JE 23-01-2018 AN]
1)1/8
2) 1/4
3) 1/2
4) 1/3
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13608)
In a reinforced concrete section, the stress at the extreme fibre in compression is 5.80 MPa. The
depth of neutral axis in the section is 58 mm and the grade of concrete is M25. Assuming linear
elastic behavior of the concrete, the effective curvature of the section (in per mm) is .[GATE-14
FN]
A.2 x 10-6
B.3.0 x 10-6
C.4.0 x 10-6
D.5.0 x 10-6
Correct Answer :
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12183)
A cantilever beam of length 2 m with a square section of side length 0.1 m is loaded vertically at
the free end. The vertical displacement at the free end is 5 mm. The beam is made of steel with
Young’s modulus of 2.0×
1011 N/mm2 .The maximum bending stress at the fixed end of the cantilever is (GATE 2018FN)
(A) 20.0 MPa
(B) 37.5 MPa
(C) 60.0 MPa
(D) 75.0 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10774)
The width of the strongest beam of rectangular section than can be cut out of a cylindrical log of
wood whose dia. is 30 cm. would be (in cm)[APPSC AEE 1987]
1. 10.4
2. 15.6
3. 20.2
4. 17.3
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10773)
A cantilever has length of 2.5cm. It is of T section with Ix = 2127 cm4 and fibre distance (tensile)
from neutral axis is 7 cm. If the maximum allowable tensile stress is 300 kgs/sq. cm. then the
maximum u.d.l. that can be applied in kg / m is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.368
2.2409
3.485
4.292
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10759)
Two beams of cross-section circular and square have the same length, same allowable bending
stress, and the same moment of resistance. The 'wl' of the beam with circular section is K times
that of the square section, where 'K' is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.0.852
2.1.118
3.1.856
4.2.00
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10754)
Two beams carrying identical loads, simply supported have same width, but beam A has double
the depth of beam B. The elastic strength of beam A is K times that of beam B, where K is
[APPSC AEE 2012]
1.2
2.4
3.8
4.6
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 10753)
For a given stress, the moment of resistance of a beam of square section placed with two sides
horizonatal, is K times the moment of resistance of the same beam section placed with a diagonal
horizontal, where K is [APPSC AEE 2012]
1.√3
2.√2
3.1.5
4.1.8
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 10672)
The radius for which a steel Strip of 1 cm depth can be bent without the maximum stress
exceeding 1400 kg/cm2 is (E = 2 X 106 kg/cm2) Which letter comes next?[APPSC AEE 1984]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10667)
The maximum compressive stress at the top of a beam was 1600 kg/cm2 and the corresponding
tensile stress at its bottom was 800 kg/cm. If the depth of the beam was 15cm the neutral axis
from the top will be[APPSC AEE 1984]
1. 5 cm
2. 10 cm
3. 7.5 cm
4. 12 cm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10666)
Two beams are of same length and same weight. One beam is of solid circular section and the
other is a hollow section. The internal diameter is half of the external diameter. The ratio of the
strength of hollow section to that of solid section is[APPSC AEE 1984]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10040)
The maximum stress induced in a cast iron pipe of external diameter 40 mm, internal diameter
20 mm and of length 4 m when the pipe is supported at its ends and carries a point load of 80 N
at its centre, is[APPSC AE paper-2 2013]
a) 1.358 N/mm2.
b) 13.58 N/mm2.
c) 135.8 N/mm2.
d) 1358 N/mm2.
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10039)
A cantilever of length 2 m fails when a load of 2 kN is applied at the free end. If the section of
the beam is 40 mm X 60 mm, the stress at failure will be_________.[APPSC AE paper-2 2013]
A. 1666.7 N/mm2.
B. 166.67 N/mm2.
C. 16.667 N/mm2.
D. 1.6667 N/mm2.
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10038)
A rectangular beam 200 mm deep and 300 mm wide is simply supported over a span of 8 m.
What uniformly distributed load per meter may the beam carry, if the bending stress is not
exceeding 120 N/mm2?[APPSC AE paper-2 2013]
a) 3 kN/m
b) 30 kN/m
c) 300 kN/m
d) 0.3 kN/m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10037)
A steel plate of width 120 mm and of thickness 20 mm is bent into a circular arc of radius 10m.
The bending moment which will produce the maximum stress is given by ________.[APPSC
AE paper-2 2013]
(Take E = 2 X 105 N/mm2)
1. 1.0 kN-m
2. 1.6 kN-m
3. 1.2 kN-m
4. 1.4 kN-m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10036)
A steel plate of width 120 mm and of 1 thickness 20 mm is bent in to a circular arc of radius 10
m. The maximum stress induced is ________.[APPSC AE paper-2 2013]
(Take E = 2 X 105 N/mm2)
1. 100 N/mm2
2. 200 N/mm2
3. 400 N/mm2
4. 600 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9331)
A steel plate 50 mm wide and 100 mm thick is to be bent into a circular are of radius 10 m. If E
= 2 x105 N/mm2 ,then the maximum bending stress induced will be[APPSC AEE 2012]
1) 200 N/mm2
2) 100 N/mm2
3) 10,000 N/mm2
4) 1000 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8869)
a beam having rectangular cross section 200 mm wide and 400 mm deep is simply supported
over a span of 5 m.It is carrying a concentrated load of 10 KN at the center of the span.The
maximum bending stress developed at quarter span of the beam is[TS GENCO 2015]
1. 2.34 N/mm2
2. 1.25 N/mm2
3. 1.17 N/mm2
4. 2.0 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8272)
For a solid circular beam of 40 mm dia, the section modulus is[TSPSC AE 2015]
1. πx 103 mm3
2. 2πx 103 mm3
3. 4πx 103 mm3
4. 8πx 103 mm3
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5676)
a simply supported reinforced concrete beam of length 10mm sags while undergoing
shrinkage .Assuming a uniform curvature of 0.004 m-1 along the span ,the maximum deflection
(in m) of the beam at mid span is ____:[GATE 2015 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5634)
The beam of an overall depth 250mm ( shown below) is used in a building subjected to two
different thermal environments.The temperatures at the top and bottoms surfaces of the beam are
360C and 720C respectively .Considering coefficient of thermal expansion (α) as 1.50 x 10-
5
per oc ,The vertical deflection of the beam (in mm) at its mid span due to temperature gradient
is______[GATE-14 AN]
(GATE 14-SET 2)
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5633)
A beam with the cross secion given below is subjected to a positive bending moment (causing
compression at the top) of 16 KN-m acting around the horizontal axis .The tensile force acting
on the hatched area of the cross section is (GATE-06)
(a) zero
(b)5.9 KN
(c)8.9 KN
(d)17.8 KN
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5632)
The maximum bending stress induced in a steel wire of modulus of elasticity 200KN/m2 and
diameter 1mm when wound on a drum of diameter 1m is appromately equal to (GATE-92)
(a) 50 N/mm2
(b)100 N/mm2
(c)200 N/mm2
(d)400 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5488)
A steel plate is bent into a circular arc of radius 10 m. If the plate section be 120 mm wide and
20 mm thick, with E = 2 x 10 5 N/mm 2 , then the maximum bending stress induced is[IES 2014-
1]
a) 210 N/mm 2
b) 205 N/mm 2
c) 200 N/mm 2
d) 195 N/mm 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5487)
A simply supported beam has uniform cross – section, b = 100 mm, d = 200 mm, throughout its
length. The beam is subjected to a maximum bending moment of 6 x 10 7 N-mm. The
corresponding bending stress developed in the beam is[IES 2014-1]
a) 30 N/mm 2
b) 60 N/mm 2
c) 90 N/mm 2
d) 120 N/mm 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5262)
A simply supported rolled steel joist of I-section has flange width 250 mm and overall depth 600
mm. Its moment of inertia I xx = 12 x 108 mm 4 . The steel joint is used as a beam over a simply
supported span of 6 m . It carries a load of 40 kN/m including its self weight throughout the
span. The maximum stress induced in the beam in N/mm2 due to bending would be[IES 2013-1]
(a) 30
(b) 90
(c ) 45
(d) 60
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4739)
Two beams carrying identical loads, simply supported ,are having same depth but beam A has
double the width as compared to that of beam B. The ratio of the strength of beam A to that of
beam B is[IES 2010-1]
a) ½
b) ¼
c) 2
d) 4
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4725)
A simply supported beam of T-section is subjected to a uniformly distributed load acting

vertically downward.Its neutral axis is located at 25 mm from the top of the flange and the total
depth of the section is 100 mm. the ratio of maximum tensile stress to maximum compressive in
the beam is[IES 2010-1]
a) 2.0
b) 2.5
c) 3.0
d) 4.0
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4714)
A beam of symmetrical I- section, made of structural steel has an overall depth of 300 mm. If the
flange stresses developed at the top and bottom of the beam are 1200 kg/cm 2 respectively. Then
the depth of neutral axis from the top of the beam would be[IES 2010-1]
a) 250 mm
b) 240 mm
c) 200 mm
d) 180 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4502)
A cantilever steel beam of 3 m span carries a uniformly distributed load of 20 kN/m inclusive of
selfweight. The beam comprises of ISLB@198 N/m, flange = 100 mm x 7.3 mm; web
thickness = 5.4 mm, I xx = 1696.6 cm 4 ,what is the maximum bending stress in the beam?[IES
2009-1]
a) 132.62 N/mm 2
b) 530.47 N/mm2
c) 1949.74 N/mm2
d) 3899.48 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4485)
A square beam laid flat is then rotated in such a way that one of its diagonal becomes horizontal.
How is its moment capacity affected?[IES 2009-1]
a) Increases by 41.4%
b) Increases by 29.27%
c) Decreases by 29.27%
d) Decreases by 41.4%
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4480)
A structural beam subjected to a sagging bending has a cross-section which is an unsymmetrical

I– section. The overall depth of the beam is 300 mm. The flange stresses in the beam are:
σ top = 200 N/mm 2
σ bottom = 50 N/mm 2
What is the height in mm of the neutral axis above the bottom flange?[IES 2009-1]
a) 240mm
b) 60mm
c) 180mm
d) 120mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4276)
What if the ratio of load carrying capacity of a fixed beam to the of a cantilever beam of same
span, having same maximum bending moment and loaded with uniformly distributed load
throughout the span?[IES 2008-1]
a. 6
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4033)
A 20 cm long rod of uniform rectangular section, 8 mm wide×1.2 mm thick is bent into the form
of a circular arc resulting in a central displacement of 0.8 cm. Neglecting second – order
quantities in computations, what is the longitudinal surface strain (approximate) in the rod?[IES
2007-1]
a. 7.2 × 10 -4
b. 8.4× 10 -4
c. 9.6 × 10 -4
d. 10.8 × 10 -4
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3767)
A beam of square cross section is placed horizontally with one diagonal horizontal as shown in
the figure above. It is subjected to a vertical shear force acting along the depth of the cross
section. Maximum shear stress across the depth of cross section occurs at a depth x from the top.
What is the value of x?[IES 2006-1]
a. x = 0
b. x = (2/3) D
c. x=(3/4)D
d. D
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3532)
A beam has the same section throughout its length with I = 1 x 10 8 mm 4 . It is subjected to a
uniform B.M. = 40 kNm. E = 2 x 10 5 N/mm 2 . What is the radius of curvature of the circle into
which the beam will bend in the form of an arc of a circle?[IES 2005-1]
a. 1000m
b. 500m
c. 400m
d. 350m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3179)
The above figure shows the cross-section of a fitched beam consisting of a steel plate
sandwiched between two wooden blocks. The second moment of area of the composite beam
about the neutral axis XX is[IES 2003-1]
(Where m is modular ratio of steel wood)
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2651)
A simply supported beam of 8 m effective span carries uniformly distributed load of 2 kN/m
(inclusive of self load) over the effective span. If the permissible bending stress is 160 MPa, then
most suitable shape and size would be a[IES 2001-1]
a. solid circular section of diameter = 110 mm, area = 9500 mm2 and section modulus = 130660
mm 3
b. solid rectangular section of size 60 mmx100 mm deep, area = 6000 mm2 and maximum section
modulus = 100,000mm3
c. T-section of size 200 mm  200 mm x10 mm thickness, area = 3900 mm2 and maximum
section modulus = 105,780 mm 3
d. I-section of size 80 mm x 150 mm deep x 10 mm thickness, area =2900mm2 and maximum
section modulus = 129100 mm3
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2408)
A test is conducted on a beam loaded by end couples. The fibres at layer CD are found to
lengthen by 0.03 mm and fibres at layer AB shorten by 0.09 mm in 20 mm gauge length as
shown in the given figure Taking E = 2x10 5 N/mm 2 , the flexural stress at top fibres would
be[IES 2000-1]
a.900 N/mm 2 tensile
b.1000 N/mm 2 tensile
c. 1200 N/mm 2 tensile
d. 1200 N/mm 2 compressive
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2407)
A cantilever beam is 2 m long. The cross-section of the beam is hollow square, with external
sides 60 mm and the internal side is such that 1 = 6x 10 5 mm 4 . If the safe bending stress for the
material is 100 N/mm2, the safe concentrated load at the free end would be[IES 2000-1]
a. 400 N
b. 500 N
c. 600 N
d. 1000 N
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33408)
What is the reaction of a prop, supported at the free end of a cantilever of length ‘l’ carrying a
uniformly distributed load of ‘w’ per unit run the whole length? [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE
2016 PRELIMS]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33406)
A simply supported beam ‘A’ of length l carries a central point load W. Another beam ‘B’ is
loaded with a uniformly distributed load such that the total load on the beam is W. The ratio of
maximum deflections between the beams A and B is[APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2016
PRELIMS]
(1) 5/8
(2) 8/5
(3) 5/4
(4) 4/5
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32295)
A simple supported beam AB of length L = 3 m if the displacement at one-third length from the
right hand support, at point D, due to load W at 1.0 m from left hand support, at point C is 5 mm,
then the displacement at C due to a load of 0.2 W at D will be[OPSC AEE 2019 PAPER-1]
(a) 1 mm
(b) 2 mm
(c) 5 mm
(d) 25 mm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32235)
if the deflection at the free end of a uniformly loaded cantilever beam is 15 mm and the slope of
the deflection curve at the free end is .002 radian, then the length of the beam is : [OPSC AEE
2019 PAPER-1]
(a) 0.8 m
(b) 1.0 m
(c) 1.2 m
(d) 1.5 m
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31199)
For the beam system as shown, if the deflection at C is zero, then the ratio P/Q is[AE (Civil) in
Mahanagara Palike 2017]
1. 5/16
2. 2/16
3. 2/26
4. 5/24
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31089)
A simply supported beam AB of span L is subjected to a concentrated load W at the centre C of

the span. According to Mohr’s moment area method, which of the following gives the deflection
under the load? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. Moment of the area of M/EI diagram between A and C taken about C

2. Moment of the area of M/EI diagram between A and B taken about B
3. Moment of the area of M/EI diagram between A and B taken about A
4. Moment of the area of M/EI diagram between A and C taken about A
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31088)
In a simply supported beam AB of span L, the mid-span is C. In case – I, the beam is loaded by a
concentrated load W. In case – 2, the beam is subjected to a UDL of intensity W such that wL =
W. The ratio of central deflection in case – I to that in case _ 2 is[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare
Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 5/3
2. 3/5
3. 5/8
4. 8/5
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29649)
A simply supported beam ‘A’ carries a point load at its mid span. Another identical beam ‘B’
carries the same magnitude of load but it is uniformly distributed over the entire span. The ratio
of the maximum deflection of beams ‘A’ and ‘B’ will be(MCSE 2016)
(A)3/5
(B)8/5
(C)8/3
(D)2/3
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29486)
The ratio of the maximum deflection of a cantilever beam with an isolated load at its free end
and with a uniformly distributed load over its entire length is, (WBMC AE 2006)
1. 1
2. 24/15
3. 3/8
4. 8/3
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29339)
A prismatic beam of length ‘L’ is simply supported at ends and carries a UDL of intensity w/m
over its entire length. It is then propped at its center to neutralize the deflection. The net bending
moment at its center will be(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)WL/24
b)WL/2
c)WL/32
d)WL/8
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29337)
A simply supported beam with rectangular cross section is subjected to a central concentrated
load. If the width and depth of the beam are doubled then the deflection at centre of the beam
will be reduced to(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)25%
b)6.25%
c)50%
d)12.5%
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29333)
A cantilever beam of length ‘L’ with uniform cross section and flexural rigidity EI is loaded with
UDL of intensity w/m over the entire length. The maximum vertical deflection of the beam is
given by(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)WL4/4EI
b)WL4/8EI
c)WL4/24EI
d)WL4/16EI
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29330)
In a cantilever beam, if the length is doubled while keeping the cross section and the
concentrated load acting at the free end same, the deflection at the free end will be increased
by(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)6 times
b)2.66 times
c)8 times
d)3 times
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29327)
A cantilever beam of uniform ‘EI’ has span equal to ‘L’ an upward force ‘W’ acts at the
midpoint of the beam and a downward force ‘P’ acts at the free end. In order to have the
deflection at the free end as zero, the relation between ‘P’ and ‘W’ should be(KPWD AE
2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)W=3P/2
b)W=2P
c)W=16P/5
d)W=5P
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29312)
A cantilever beam ‘A’ with rectangular cross section is subjected to a concentrated load at its
free end. If width and depth of another cantilever beam ‘B’ are twice that of beam ‘A’. Then the
deflection at free end of the beam ‘B’ as compared to that of ‘A’ will be (KPWD AE
a)23.6%
b)6.25%
c)28%
d)14%
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29011)
cantilever carries a load P at C as shown in the figure .The Deflection at B is [IES 1996]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28694)
For a beam as shown below, the maximum deflection is [KARNATAKA PSC JE 2017]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28154)
a cantilever beam of rectangular cross-section is subjected to a concentrated load W at its free

end. If the width of the beam is doubled, the deflection at the free end as compared to the earlier
case will be [RPSC AE 2013]
(a) 16 times
(b) 8 times
(c) 2 times
(d) half
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28030)
If maximum deflection of a bema is given by, δ = kWl3/EI then what are the values of k if the
beam is (a) cantilever and (b) both end fixed (udl with total load w and length = L, flexural
rigidity = EI) [TNEB AE 2018]
1. 5/384, 1/384
2. 1/384, 5/384
3. 1/8, 1/384
4. 1/3, 5/384
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27266)
The beam AC simply supported at A and at C is pinned to a cantilever beam CD as shown in

figure. Both beams have identical flexural rigidities EI. The vertical load of 8 KN acts at point B.
The deflection of point B is[MPSC ESE 2016-1]
1. 2.25/EI
2. 4.5/EI
3. 6.75/EI
4. 8/EI
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26847)
What is the horizontal deflection at free end C of the frame shown in the given figure?[IES -
1995]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26508)
Clockwise moments M are acting at both the ends of uniform simply supported beam. The ratio
of slope at the end to the slope at centre will be[TRB PL 2012]
A. 0.5
B. 1
C. 2
D. 3
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26454)
A cantilever beam carries a load W uniformly distributed over its entire length. If the same load
is placed at the free end of the same cantilever. Then the ratio of maximum deflection in the first
case to that in the second case will be[TNPSC AE Re-Exam 2019]
1. 3/8
2. 8/3
3. 5/8
4. 8/5
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25882)
a cantilever beam of span 6 m carries a concentrated load of 12 kN at its free end. The maximum
deflection is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 62 mm (b) 52 mm
(c) 72 mm (d) 82 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25723)
The maximum deflection in m in a simply supported beam of span 10 m subjected to a central

point load of 100kN is [TRB PL-2017]
(EI = 2× 104 kN-m2)
(A)10/28 (B)10/96
(C)10/192 (D)10/16
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25419)
An overhang beam of uniform EI is loaded as shown in figure below. The deflection at the free
end will be [IES 1998]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25213)
If the depth of a cantilever is doubled and width is halved.the deflection of a cantilever due to a
point load at free end changes in the ratio.
A.1/2
B.1/4
C.1/8
D.1/16
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25212)
A prismatic simply supported beam carries a point load at mid span section due to which a slope
of 20 is produced at support sections.the slope at quarter span sections is
A.10
B.1.4140
C.1.50
D.1.7320
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24963)
a simply supported rectangular beam of span L and depth '2d' carries a central load W.The ratio
of maximum deflection to maximum bending stress is [IES-1997]
A.L2/6Ed
B.2 L2/6Ed
C.2 L2/12Ed
D.L2/12Ed
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24903)
a cantilever beam PQ of uniform flexural rigidity (EI) is subjected to a concentrated moment M

at R as shown in the figure
The deflection at the free end Q is [GATE 2020 FN]

(a) ML2/6EI
(b) ML2/4EI
(c) 3ML2/8EI
(d) 3ML2/4EI
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24836)
The planar structure RST shown in the figure is roller-supported at S and pin-supported at R.
members RS and ST have uniform flexural rigidity (EI) and S is a rigid joint. Consider only
bending deformation and neglect effects of self-weight and axial stiffening [GATE 2020 AN]
When the structure is subjected to a concentrated horizontal load P at the end T, the magnitude of
rotation at the support R, is
(a) PL3/12EI
(b) PL2/12EI
(c) PL2/6EI
(d) PL/6EI
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24022)
A cantilever beam with rectangular cross-section is subjected to uniformly distributed load. The
deflection at the tip is δ1. If the width and depth of the beam are doubled then deflection at tip is
δ2. Then δ1 /δ2 is (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) 0.0625
(b) 16
(c) 0.5
(d) 2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23886)
A cantilever beam with UDL of w N/m for entire length of L will have maximum deflection
equal to [APPSC AEE Prelims 2016][APPSC AEE 1992]
A.wL4/(48EI)
B.5L4/(384EI)
C.wL4/(8EI)
D.wL4/(3EI)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23875)
A simply supported beam of 10 m span is carrying a load of 4.8 kN at mid span. If Young’s
modulus of elasticity (E) is 2x108 kN/m2 and moment of inertia (I) is 20 cm4, then the maximum
deflection will be [APPSC AEE Prelims 2016]
A.5.00 mm
B.2.50 mm
C.0.50 mm
D.0.25 mm
No answer
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23360)
A cantilever beam AB of span 'L' is subjected to a moment 'M' at the free end as shown in figure.
What is the slope and deflection at free end B? [MPSC ESE 2019-1]
Consider same c/s and material. (i.e, EI is same)
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23358)
The deflection at the free end of a cantilever of rectangular cross-section due to certain loading is
0.8 cm. If the depth of the section is doubled keeping the width same, then the deflection at the
free end due to the same loading will be: [MPSC ESE 2019-1]
(a) 0.1 cm
(b) 0.4 cm
(c) 0.8 cm
(d) 1.6 cm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22856)
A beam of uniform cross-section simply supported at ends carries a concentrated load W at

midspan . If the ends of the beam are fixed and only load P is applied at the midspan such that
the deflection at the centre remains the same , the value of the load P will[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 6 W
(b) 4 W
(c) 2 W
(d) W
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22855)
A cantilever beam ACB has end A fixed and subjected to a point load P at free end B. The point
C is mid-point of AB and the moment of inertia of AC is twice that of CB. The deflection at the
free end will be [IES 2020 prelims]
(a) Pl3/3EI
(b) Pl3/48EI
(c) 5Pl3/96EI
(d) 9Pl3/48EI
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22851)
A cantilever beam AB as shown in fig is subjected to a point load of 12 kN over a span of 6 m

with E = 2× 105 N/mm2 and Ixx = 6 × 107 mm4 the deflection at the free end will be[IES 2020
prelims]
(a) 80 mm
(b) 72 mm
(c) 64 mm
(d) 56 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22717)
two simply supported beams are made up of same material and are of the same cross-section.
Both beams carry uniformly distributed loads of equal intensities. One beam is 2 m long load and
the other is 4 m long. The 2 m long beam shows a central deflection of 1 mm. what is the central
deflection of the 4 m long beam? (Scientist/Engineer_ ISRO-2020)
(a) 16 mm
(b) 2 mm
(c) 8 mm
(d) 1 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21865)
A cantilever beam carries a uniformly distributed total load W over its whole length and a
concentrated upward load W at its free end. The net vertical deflection at the free end is[ISRO
2013]
(a) zero
(b) 5WL3/24EI downwards
(c) 5WL3/24EI upwards
(d) 5WL3/48EI downwards
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21825)
A uniform cantilever beam has a span of 2m and carries a point load of 6kN at free end. The
magnitude of moment to be applied at free end for zero vertical deflection at that point is
(neglect self wt of the beam) [ISRO 2013]
(a) 5 kN.m
(b) 10 kN.m
(c) 11 kN.m
(d) 8 kN.m
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21674)
If the depth of a simply supported beam carrying an isolated load at its centre is doubled, the
deflection of the beam at the center will be changed by a factor of[ISRO 2015]
(a) 2
(b) 1/2
(c) 8
(d) 1/8
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21624)
A simply supported beam A carries a point load at its mid span, Another identical beam B carries
the same load but uniformly distributed over the entire span. The ratio of the maximum
deflection of the beams A and B will be[ISRO 2017]
(a) 8/5
(b) 5/8
(c) 3/5
(d) 5/3
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21553)
a cantilever beam ‘A’ with rectangular cross-section is subjected to a concentrated load at its free
end. If the width and depth of another cantilever beam ‘B’ are twice those of beam ‘A’ and
subjected to the same load, then the deflection at the free end of beam ‘B’ as compared to that of
‘A’ will be[ISRO 2018]
(a) 6.25 %
(b) 14.0 %
(c) 23.6 %
(d) 28.0 %
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21360)
A rigid cantilever frame ABC shown in the figure below is fixed at C. Horizontal displacement
of point A is (AEE-2006)
(a) Ph3/3EI
(b) 2Ph3/3EI
(c) Ph3(h+L)/3EI
(d) Ph3(2h+L)/3EI
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17791)
Clockwise moments are applied to both the ends of a uniform simply supported beam. If the ratio
of the rotation of two ends is 2. then the ratio of the applied moments will be [IES 2013-1]
A.5/4 B.7/5
C.5/3 D.3/2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17789)
A simply supported beam of span L shown in the above figure is subjected to a concentrated load
W at its mid-span and also 10 a uniformly distributed load equivalent 10 W. It has a flexural
rigidity of£/. What is the total deflection at its mid-point ? [IES 2013-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17776)
A cantilever carries a uniformly distributed total load W over its whole length and a concentrated
upward load W at its free end. The net vertical deflection at the free end is [IES 2012-1]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17775)
If a cantilever beam of span L and flexural rigidity EI carries a moment M at the free end, the
deflection at that end is [IES 2012-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17774)
For the beam-system as shown ,if the deflection at C is zero ,then the ratio is [IES 2012-1]
A.3/8 B.5/8
C.3/16 D.5/16
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17773)
For the beam-system as shown ,if the slope at M is zero ,then the ratio is [IES 2012-1]
A.1/2 B.1/3
C.1/4 D.1/8
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17725)
A simply supported beam AB of span 4 m is subjected to terminal couples as shown in the figure
above.if EI is in kN/m2,what is the magnitude of the central deflection of the beam in meters?
[IES 2009-1]
A.4/EI B.8/EI
C.2/EI D.16/EI
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16225)
A plane frame shown in the figure (not to scale) has linear elastic springs at node H. The spring
constants are kx = ky = 5 × 105 kN/m3 and Kθ = 3 × 105 kNm/rad. (GATE 2019 AN)
For the externally applied moment of 30 kNm at node F, the rotation (in degrees, round off to 3
decimals) observed in the rotational spring at node H is ________.[GATE 2019 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16025)
The width b and depth d of a cantilever beam carrying a point load at its free end are changed
into 0.5 b and 2d respectively. Then its maximum deflection for the same load condition reduces
by[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.one-fourth
B.Half
C.three-fourth
D.Zero
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15652)
An overhanging beam of uniform EI is loaded as shown below. The deflection at the free end is
[IES 2017]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15514)
A cantilever beam, 3m long, carries a uniformly distributed load over the entire length. If the
slope at the free end is 10 ,the deflection at the free end is [IES 2017]
A.49.27 mm
B.39.27 mm
C.30.27 mm
D.20.27 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15026)
If the deflection at the free end of a uniformly loaded cantilever beam is 15 mm and the slope of
the deflection curve at the free end is 0.02 radian, then the length of the beam is [IES 2015-1]
(a) 0.8 m
(b) 1.0m
(c) 1.2 m
(d) 1.5
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15024)
Two simply supported beams are made up of the same material and are of the same cross section.
Both beams carry uniformly distributed loads of equal intensities. One beam is 2 m long and the
other is 4 m long. The 2 m long beam shows a central deflection of 1 mm. What is the central
deflection of the 4 m long beam ?[IES 2015-1]
(a)16 mm
(b) 2 mm
(c) 8 mm
(d) 1 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14217)
A concentrated load P is supported by the free end of a quadrantal ring AB whose end B is fixed.
The ratio of the vertical to horizontal deflections of the end A is[SSC JE 22-01-2018 FN]
1)π 2)π/2 3)π/3 4)π/4
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13248)
Two beams PQ (fixed at P and with a roller support at Q, as shown in Figure I, which allows
vertical movement) and XZ (with a hinge at Y) are shown in the Figures I and II respectively.
The spans of PQ and XZ are L and 2L respectively. Both the beams are under the action of
uniformly distributed load (W) and have the same flexural stiffness, EI (where, E and I
respectively denote modulus of elasticity and moment of inertia about axis of bending). Let the
maximum deflection and maximum rotation be δmax1 and θmax1, respectively, in the case of beam PQ
and the corresponding quantities for the beam XZ be δmax2 and θmax2, respectively.[GATE 2016 FN]
Which one of the following relationships is true?

(A) δmax1 ≠ δmax2 and θmax1 ≠ θmax2
(B) δmax1 = δmax2 and θmax1 ≠ θmax2
(C) δmax1 ≠ δmax2 and θmax1 = θmax2
(D) δmax1 = δmax2 and θmax1 = θmax2
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13247)
A 3 m long simply supported beam of uniform cross section is subjected to a uniformly

distributed load of w = 20 kN/m in the central 1 m as shown in the figure [GATE 2016 FN]
in radians) of the deformed beam is
(A) 0.681 × 10-7
(B) 0.943 × 10-7
(C) 4.310 × 10-7
(D) 5.91× 10-7
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12515)
A cantilever of length 2 cm and depth 10 cm tapers in plan from a width 24 cm to zero at its free
end. If the modulus of elasticity of the material is 0.20 x 106 N/ mm2, the deflection of the free
end is_________________________ . [SSC JE 04-03-2017 FN]
1)2 mm
2)3 mm .
3)4 mm .
4)5 mm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12186)
The figure shows a simply supported beam PQ of uniform flexural rigidity EI carrying two
moments M and 2M. (GATE 2018FN)
The slope at P will be

(A) 0
(B) ML/(9EI)
(C) ML/(6EI)
(D) ML/(3EI)
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12152)
for the following frame shown in the figure ,the maximum bending moment in the column is
[GATE-97]
A.zero
B.400kNm
C.100 kNm
D.200kNm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12151)
Vertical reaction developed at B in the frame below due to the applied load of 100KN (with
150,000mm2 cross sectional area and 3.125 x 109 mm4 moment of inertia for both
members )is[GATE-06]
A. 5.9 KN
B. 302 kN
C. 66.3 kN
D. 94.1kN
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10758)
A cantilever beam of rectangular cross-section carries a point load W at its free end. If the depth
of beam is doubled, and the load halved, the deflection of the free end, as compared to its
original value, will be [APPSC AEE 1987]
1)1/2
2)1/4
3)1/8
4)1/16
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10747)
A simply supported beam of width 'b' and depth'd' subject to a load W at its centre causing
deflection 'y' at that point. If the beam be turned such that its width is'd' and depth is 'b' and be
subject to same load at same point, the Central deflection would be [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.(d/b)y
2.(dy/b)2
3.(d / b)2 y
4.(b/d)y
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10133)
a simply supported beam of span l carries a UDL of w Nm-1 ,what is the magnitude of

concentrated load to be applied at the centre of this beam which would produce the same
deflection as the UDL? [APPSC-Observers 2013]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9823)
Determine the stiffness of the beam shown in the below fig. [APPSC-AE(Public Health) 2012]
[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
I = 375 X 10-6 m4
L = 0.5 m
E = 200 GPa
1. 12 X 1010 N/m
2. 10 X 1010 N/m
3. 4 X 1010 N/m
4. 8 X 1010 N/m
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9549)
A rectangular beam simply supported at the ends and carrying point load 'W' at the centre causes
a deflection Ar If the width of the beam is doubled, the deflection at the centre under the same
load will be. [APPSC AE 1993]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9342)
A simply supported beam span 3 m is subjected to a central point load of 5 kN. Then the slope at
the mid span is equal to[APPSC AEE 2012]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9339)
A rolled steel beam having a span of 4 m carries a point load of 20 kN at 3 m from the left
support. IF the moment of inertia of the section is 1 x 107 mm4 and E = 200 kN/ m2, then the
deflection of the beam under the point loud is equal to[APPSC AEE 2012]
1) 25 mm
2) 7.5 mm
3) 13.33 mm
4) 50 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5675)
for the cantilever beam of span 3m (shown below ).concentrated load of 20 KN applied at the
free end causes a vertical displacement of 2 mm at a section located at a distance 1m from the
fixed end.if a concentrated vertically downward load of 10 Kn is apllied at the section located at
a distance of 1m from the fixed end(with no other load on the beam ),the maximum vertical
displacement in the same beam (in mm)is ___ [GATE-14 FN]
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5672)
In the cantilever beam PQR shown in figure below, the segment PQ has flexural rigidity EI and
the segment QR has infinite flexural rigidity [GATE-09]
The deflection and slope of the beam at ‘Q’ are respectively
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5671)
Beam GHI is supported by these pontoons as shown in figure below.the horizontal cross
sectional area of each pontoon is 8 m2 ,the flexural rigidity of the beam is 10000 KN-m2 and the
unit weight of water is 10 KN/m3:(GATE-08)
when the middle pontoons is brought back to its position as shown in figure above ,the reaction
at H will be
(a) 8.6 KN
(b) 15.7 KN
(c) 19.2 KN
(d) 24.2 KN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5670)
Beam GHI is supported by these pontoons as shown in figure below.the horizontal cross
sectional area of each pontoon is 8 m2 ,the flexural rigidity of the beam is 10000 KN-m2 and the
unit weight of water is 10 KN/m3:(GATE-08)
when the middle pontoon is removed ,the deflection at H will be
(a) 0.2m
(b) 0.4 m
(c) 0.6 m
(d) 0.8 m
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5669)
the stepped cantilever is subjected to moments ,M as shown in the figure below.The vertical
deflection at the free end (neglecting the selfweight ) is :(GATE-08)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5666)
Consider the beam AB shown in the figure below.Part AC of the beam is rigid while Part CB has
the flexural rigidity EI.identify the correct combination of deflection at end B and bending
moment at end A ,respectively:(GATE-06)
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5663)
The bending moment (In Kn-m units ) at the mid span location X in the beam with overhang
shown below is equal:(GATE-01)
(a)0
(b) -10
(c) -15
(d) -2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5659)
A cantilever beam of span L is loaded with a concentrated load P at the free end .Deflection of
the beam at the free end is :(GATE-97)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5655)
A cantilever beam of span L is subjected to a downward load of 800 KN uniformly distributed

over its length and a concentrated upward load P at its free end.For a vertical displacement to be
zero at free end,The value of P is :(GATE-92)
(a) 300KN
(b)500KN
(c)800 KN
(d) 1000KN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5275)
The equivalent spring constant (or the set up shown in the above figure, where El = unity
throughout, is[IES 2013-1]
(a) 30 units
(b) 36 units
(c) 40 units
(d) 48 units
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4076)
In the structure shown in the figure above, what is the distance through which the points A move
towards each other?[IES 2007-1]
a. 4 Pa3 / EI
b. 16 Pa3 / 3EI
c. 28 Pa3 / 3EI
d. 6 Pa3 / EI
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3793)
A load 500 kN applied at point A, as shown in the figure above, produces a vertical deflection at
P and C of the beam as Δb = 10 mm and Δb = 15 mm respectively. What is the deflection at A
when loads of 100 kN and 300 kN are applied at B and C. respectively?[IES 2006-1]
a. 6mm
b. 8mm
c. 11mm
d. 12.5 mm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3611)
The free end of a cantilever beam is supported by the free end of another cantilever beam using a
roller as shown In the figure given above. What is the deflection at the roller support B?[IES
2005-1]
a. 8 Pa 3 /(3 EI)
b. 9 Pa3 /(EI)
c. 64 Pa3 /(35 EI)
d. 216 Pa3 /(35 EI)
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3535)
What is the vertical displacement at the point C of the structure shown in the figure given above?
[IES 2005-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3297)
A rigid bar AB is supported by a spring as shown in the diagram above. What is the deflection of
the point ‘b’?[IES 2004-1]
a. 25 mm
b. 20 mm
c. 15 mm
d. 10 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2831)
In a system two weightless rigid bars AB and BC of length ‘a’ each having hinge supports at the
ends. A and C, respectively, are connected to each other at B by a frictionless hinge (internal
hinge). The rotation at the hinge is restrained by a rotational spring of stiffness k and system
assumes a straight line configuration BC. The rotation at the supports due to vertical load P
acting at joint B is [IES 2002-1]
a. Pa / 2k
b. Pa / 4k
c. Pa / k
d. 2 Pa / k
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2375)
A rigid cantilever frame ABC is fixed at ‘C’ and carries a couple ‘µ’ at the free end ‘A’ as shown
in the given figure. Neglecting axial deformation and assuming the flexural rigidity ‘EI’ to be
constant throughout the frame, the vertical deflection of A is[IES 2000-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2373)
A simply supported beam of uniform flexural rigidity is loaded as shown in the given figure. The
rotations of the end ‘A’ is[IES 2000-1]
a. PL 2 / 9 El
b. PL 2 / 6 El
c. PL 2/ 18 El
d. PL 2/ 12 El
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2369)
In a cantilever of span ‘L’, subjected to a concentrated load of ‘W’ acting at a distance of 1/3 L
from the free end, the deflection under load will be[IES 2000-1]
a. WL 3 / 3 El
b. WL 3 / 81 El
c. 14 WL 3 / 81 El
d. WL 3 / 81 El
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33402)
If the slenderness ration for a column is 100, then it is said to be a _______ column[APPSC AE
SUBORDINATE 2016 PRELIMS]
(1) long
(2) medium
(3) short
(4) large
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32743)
for a compression member having the same effective length about any cross sectional axis,the
most preferred section from the point of view of strength is
A.A box
B.An I-section
C.A circular tube
D.A single angle
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32669)
The length of a column is l. if one end of the column is fixed and the other end is hinged, its
effective length is [TSSPSCL-AE-2018].
1. l/2
2. l/√2
3. 2l
4. l
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32230)
the diameter of the core of solid circular column of diameter D”, where stress induced due to a
normal concentrated load of any eccentricity with respect to the centre of the column is : [OPSC
AEE 2019 PAPER-1]
(a) 0.20D
(b) 0.25D
(c) 0.33D
(d) 0.5D
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31106)
A column of length 4m, an area of cross section 2000 mm2, moments of inertia, Ixx = 720 cm4,
Ixy = 80 cm4, is subjected to a buckling load. Both the ends of the column are fixed. What is the
slenderness ratio of the column? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 200
2. 120
3. 100
4. 80
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31103)
Column C1, has both the ends hinged while the column C2 has one end hinged and other end
fixed. What is the ratio of the critical load for C1 to that of C2 according to the Euler’s
formula? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 2
2. 1/2
3. 4
4. ¼
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31102)
If the stress on the cross section of a circular short column of diameter D is to be wholly
compressive, the load should be applied within a concentric circle of diameter[TSPSC AEE
Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. D/2
2. D/8
3. D/45
4. D/6
no correct ansswer
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29698)
A hollow circular column of internal diameter d and external diameter 1.5d is subjected to
compressive load. The maximum distance of the point of application of load from the centre for
no tension is(MCSE 2016)
(A) d/8
(B) 13d/48
(C) d/4
(D) 13d/96
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29081)
Slenderness ratio of a 5m column which is “effectively held in position at both ends, but not
restrained against rotation” and having a circular cross section with diameter of 16cm is[TSPSC
Deputy surveyor 2017]
1. 25
2. 50
3. 100
4. 125
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28706)
Euler’s buckling load for a column with one end fixed and other end hinged condition
is [KARNATAKA PSC JE 2017]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27546)
The Euler's crippling load for a 2 m long slender steel rod of uniform cross-section hinged at
both the ends is 1 kN. The Euler's crippling load for a 1 m long steel rod of the same cross-
section and hinged at both the ends will be[MPSC ESE 2017-1]
1. 0.25 kN
2. 0.5 kN
3. 2 kN
4. 4 kN
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27541)
The slenderness ratio of a vertical column of square cross-section of 2.5 cm sides and 300 cm
effective length, is[MPSC ESE 2017-1]
1. 200
2. 360
3. 240
4. 416
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26516)
A compression member has one end hinged and other end rigidly fixed against rotation and
sway. Its Euler’s buckling load is 120 Kn. What will be its buckling load if its ends are fixed
against sway and rotation[TRB PL 2012]
1. 60 KN
2. 120 KN
3. 240 KN
4. 120 √2 KN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25824)
the ratio of theoretical critical buckling load for a column with fixed ends to that of another
column with same dimensions and materials but with pinned ends is equal to[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.0 (c) 2.0 (d) 4.0
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25720)
the crippling load taken by a column with both ends hinged is 100kN. The crippling load taken
by the same column with one end fixed and other end free will be [TRB PL-2017]
(A) 400kN
(B) 100kN
(C) 50kN
(D) 25kN
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25480)
the theoretical load carrying capacity of a long column with hinged ends is 200 kN. The load
carrying capacity of the mass same column if its ends are fixed is[TNPSC AE 2014]
(a) 50 kN (b) 70 kN
(c) 200 kN (d) 400 kN
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24743)
An allowable axial load 3 m long column with hinged ends is 30 kN. Another column of same
material, same cross-section and same length - but one end fixed and other end hinged — suffers
buckling. What is the buckling load for the column? [APPSC PL 2020]
A.60 kN
B.30kN
C.300 kN
D.600 kN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24173)
The buckling load for a column pinned at both ends is 12 kN. If the ends are fixed, the buckling
load changes to [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :48 kN
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24172)
A column of length 3.0 m area of cross-section 2,000 mm2 and moment of inertia of

Ixx=720x104 mm4 and Iyy=80x104 mm4 is subjected to buckling load. Both the ends of the column
are fixed. What is the slenderness ratio of column ? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :75
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24171)
A hollow circular column of internal diameter ‘d’ and external diameter ‘1.5d’ is subjected to
compressive load. The maximum distance of the point of application of load from the centre for
no tension is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :13d / 48
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23877)
The slenderness ratio of free standing column of length 4 m and 40mmx40mm section is
[APPSC AEE Prelims 2016]
1)115.2
2)230.4
3)692.8
4)346.8
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22415)
A column is subjected to an eccentric load of 10kN at an eccentricity of 50mm. The moment
induced is (TNPSC AE -2012)
(a) 500 N-mm
(b) 500000 N-mm
(c) 50 kN-m
(d) 50 N-mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19412)
The ratio of the theoretical critical buckling load for a column with fixed ends to that of another
column with the same dimensions and material, but with pinned ends, equal to (TS TRANSCO
AE-2018)
(1) 0.25
(2) 0.5
(3) 2.0
(4) 4.0
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17804)
Consider a circular member of diameter D subjected to a compressive load P. For a condition of

no tensile stress in the cross-section, the maximum radial distance of the load from the centre of
the circle is [IES 2014-1]
A.D/6 B.D/8
C.D/12 D.D/4
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17724)
A circular column of external diameter D,and internal diameter d,carries an eccentric load such
that tension is developed nowhere.What shall be the diameter of the core? [IES 2009-1]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16024)
A compression member effectively held in position and restrained in direction at one end but not
held in position or restrained in direction at the other end .If it’s actual length is L,then its
effective length is equal to[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.0.67 L
B.L
C.1.5L
D.2L
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15992)
For Euler formula to be valid for mild steel struts which has yield stress of 3200 kg(f) sq/cm the
slenderness ratio should not be Less than[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.80.48
B.40.28
C.160.96
D.53.65
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15958)
A 1.5 m long column has a circular cross section of 50 mm diameter. Consider Rankine’s
formula with values of fd=560 N/mm2 ,α =1/1600 for pinned ends and factor of safety of 3. If one
end of the column is fixed and the other end is free, the safe load will be [IES 2019]
(A)9948 N (B)9906N
(C)9864N (D)9822 N
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15831)
A strut is made of a circular bar, 5 m long and pin-jointed at both ends. When freely supported
the bar gives a mid-span deflection of 10 mm under a load of 80 N at the centre. The critical load
will be [IES 2019]
(A)8485 N
(B)8340N
(C)8225 N
(D)8110N
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13972)
If the unsupported length of a stanchion is 4 meters and least radius of gyration of its cross-
section is 5, the slenderness ratio of the stanchion is[SSC JE 24-01-2018 AN]
1)60
2)70
3)80
4)90
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13438)
Consider two axially loaded columns, namely, 1 and 2, made of a linear elastic material with
Young’s modulus 2x105 MPa, square cross-section with side 10 mm, and length 1 m. For Column
1, one end is fixed and the other end is free. For Column 2, one end is fixed and the other end is
pinned. Based on the Euler’s theory, the ratio (up to one decimal place) of the buckling load of
Column 2 to the buckling load of Column 1 is ____[GATE 2017 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12161)
A column of height h with a rectangular cross-section of size a×2a has a buckling load of P If

the cross-section is changed to 0.5a × 3a and its height changed to 1.5h, the buckling load of the
redesigned column will be (GATE 2018-1)
(A) P/12
(B) P/4
(C) P/2
(D) 3P/4
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10780)
A hollow cylindrical column of Cross- Sectional area 1.7 Sq. Cm. and I = 1766 Cm4, is 6 m long.
If E = 0.8 x 106 kg / sq. cm. the Euler's Crushing load in Kg. is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1. 30,500
2. 28,600
3. 42,000
4. 38,700
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10767)
A cast Iron column 5m long is of hollow circular section with internal dia 25 cm and external dia
30 cm. The axial load in Tonnes which develops a compressive stress of 800 kg/sq. cm. in the
column is[APPSC AEE 1987]
1. 96.4
2. 172.8
3. 148
4. 120.6
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10763)
A column hinged at both ends is 4m long and has cross-sectional area 145.3 sq.cm, and radius of
gyration 6.25 cm. Assuming fc = 5500 kg/sq.cm. and a = 1/1600. The rankine's crippling load in
tons would be [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.224.6
2.248.4
3.316.8
4.296.6
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9896)
The ratio of equivalent length of the column to the maximum radius of gyration is
called[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
(1) Poisson’s ratio
(2)Buckling factor
(3)Factor of safety
(4) None of the above
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9893)
the safe compressive load on a hollow cast iron column (one end fixed other hinged) of 150 mm
external diameter ,100 mm internal diameter and 10 m length is (Use Euler's formula with a
factor of safety of 5, and E = 95 GN/m2)[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
(1)74.8 kN
12)149.6kN
(3)37.4kN
(4)299.2 kN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9562)
A short column of square cross section 2m wide is loaded with a point load of 8 kN at one of the
corner. The stress at the corner in kN/m2 is[APPSC AE 1993]
1.14
2.2
3.12
4.8
Correct Options : A
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 9358)
In a mild steel tube 4 m long, the flexural rigidity of the tube is 1.2 x1010 N/mm2 The tube is used
as a strut with both ends hinged. The crippling load in kN is given by[APPSC AEE 2012]
1) 14.80
2) 7.40
3) 29.60
4) 1.85
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 8630)
A square beam of cross section 100 mm and span 3 m is fixed at ends. Young’s modulus of the
beam material is 200 GPa. What is the area of analogous column for the beam ?[TSPSC AEE
2017]
(1)6 x 10-4 m/kNm2
(2)18 x 10-4 m/kNm2
(3)6x 104 m/kNm2
(4)18 x 104 m/kNm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8625)
A short hollow cylindrical column has 200 mm external diameter and 100 mm internal diameter.
What is the diameter of core for the column ?[TSPSC AEE 2017]
(1) 62.5 mm
(2)25 mm
(3) 50 mm
(4) 33.3 mm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8621)
The buckling load for a column fixed at both ends is 50 kN. If the ends of same column are
changed to hinged condition, then the buckling load will be[TSPSC AEE 2017]
(1) 37.5 kN .
(2)25 kN
(3)12.5 kN
(4)100 kN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5694)
Cross – section of a column consisting of two steel strips, each of thickness t and width b is
shown in the figure below. The critical loads of the column with perfect bond and without bond
between the strips are P and Po respectively. The ratio P/Po is[GATE-08]
A. 2
B. 4
C. 6
D. 8
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5693)
A rigid bar GH of length L is supported by a hinge and a spring of stiffness K as shown in the
figure below. The buckling load, pcr for the bar will be[GATE-08]
A. 0.5 kL
B. 0.8 kL
C. 1.0 kL
D. 1.2 kL
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5691)
The buckling load P = Pcr for the column AB in figure as KT approaches infinity,
becomes
[GATE-06]
Where α is equal to
A. 0.25
B. 1.00
C. 2.05
D. 4.00
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5688)
Two steel columns P ( Length L and yield strength fy = 250 Mpa) and Q (length 2L and yield
strength fy = 500 Mpa) have the same cross- sections and end conditions. The ratio of buckling
load of column P to that of column Q is [GATE 2013]
A. 0.5
B. 1.0
C. 2.0
D. 4.0
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5074)
A steel column pinned at both ends has a buckling load of 200 kN. If the column is restrained
against lateral movement at its mid – height, its buckling load will be [GATE-07] [GATE-12]
[IES 2012-1]
a) 200 kN
b) 283 kN
c) 400 kN
d) 800 kN
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 4724)
If the Euler load for a steel column is 1000 KN and crushing load is 1500 kN, the rankine load is
equal to[IES 2010-1]
a) 2500 kN
b) 1500 kN
c) 1000 kN
d) 600 kN
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4499)
Which one of the following graphs represents the compressive strength (σ bc ) versus slenderness
ratio (λ)?[IES 2009-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2868)
A compression member has a centre to centre length of 4.0 m. It is fixed at one end and hinged at
the other end. The effective length of the column is[IES 2002-1]
a. 4.0 m
b. 3.2 m
c. 2.8 m
d. 2.6 m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31454)
A mild steel bar of 706 mm2 area and length 2.4 m is subjected to a tensile load of 90 kN. Find
the strain energy stored in the bar, if the load is applied gradually. [TSPSC HMWS&SB 2020]
1. 6883.85 Nmm
2. 68.838 Nm
3. 688.3 J
4. 68838.5 Nm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31094)
A circular shaft of length L a uniform cross sectional area A and modulus of rigidity G is
subjected to a twisting moment that produces maximum shear stress t in the shaft. Strain energy
in the shaft is given by the expression AL/KG where k is equal to[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare
Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 2
2. 4
3. 8
4. 16
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29398)
A square bar of side 4cm and length 100cm is subjected to an axial load P. the same bar is then
used as a cantilever beam and subjected to an end load P. the ratio of the strain energies stored in
the bar in the second case to that to that stored in first case(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED
EXAM))
a)10000
b)16
c)2500
d)400
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29331)
A steel pin is subjected to shear force 25kN and the direct compressive load 41kN in pin material
is 50Mpa, then the suitable diameter of the pin according to distortion energy theory will
be(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)20mm
b)75mm
c)45mm
d)39mm
no answer
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29318)
The strain energy stored in member AB of the pin jointed truss in point D, weight as P shown in
A and E are same for all members(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)p2L/2AE
b)2P2L/AE
c)ZERO
d)P2L/AE
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29317)
The strain energy stored in the quadrantal ring shown in figure below will be(KPWD AE
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24835)
A prismatic linearly elastic bar of length L, cross-section area A, and made up of a material with
Young’s modulus E, is subjected to axial tensile force as shown in the figures. When the bar is
subjected to axial tensile forces P1 and P2, the strain energies stored in the bar are U1 and U2,
respectively [GATE 2020 AN]
If U is the strain energy stored in the same bar when subjected to an axial tensile force (P1 + P2),
the correct relationship is
(a) U = U1 + U2
(b) U = U1 - U2
(c) U < U1 + U2
(d) U > U1 + U2
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24167)
In a 2D stress system, the two principal stress are p1=180 N/mm2(tensile) and p2 (compressive).
For the materials, yield stress in simple tension and compression is 240 N/mm2 and Poisson’s
ratio is 0.25. According to maximum normal strain theory for what value of p2 shall yielding
occur in compression? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :195 N/mm2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24166)
If maximum principal stresses σ1= 60 N/mm2,σ2 = 60 N/mm2 and σ3 of value zero act on a cube of
unit dimensions, then the maximum shear stress energy stored in it would be [APPSC AEE 2019
Paper-3]str en
Correct Answer : 600/G
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24142)
Steel has its yield strength of 415 N/mm2 and modulus of elasticity of 2x105 MPa.
Assuming the material to obey Hooke’s law up to yielding, what is its proof resilience?[APPSC
AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer: 0.430 N/mm2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24019)
At a material point the principal stresses are σ1 = 100 MPa and σ2 = 20 MPa. If the elastic limit is
200 MPa, what is the factor of safety based on maximum shear stress theory? (APPSC AEE-
2019_ Screening test)
(a) 1.5
(b) 2
(c) 2.5
(d) 3
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22867)
In a material the principal stresses are 60 MN/m2 and – 36 MN/m2, when the values of E = 200
GN/m2 and 1/m = 0.3, the total strain energy per unit volume will be nearly[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 43.5 kNm/m3
(b) 35.5 kNm/m3
(c) 27.5 kNm/m3
(d) 19.5 kNm/m3
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22845)
A bolt is under an axial thrust of 9.6 kN together with a transverse force of 4.8 kN. If factor of
safety is 3, yield strength of bolt material is 270 N/mm2 and poisons ratio is0.3, its diameter as
per maximum principal stress theory will be nearly[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 13 mm
(b) 15 mm
(c) 17 mm
(d) 19 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22727)
at a concrete point in a structural member, there are perpendicular stresses 80 N/mm2 and 20

N/mm2, both tensile. what is the equivalent stress in simple, according to the maximum principal
strain theory?(poisons ratio = 0.25) (Scientist/Engineer_ ISRO-2020)
(a) zero
(b) 20 N/mm2
(c)60 N/mm2
(d)75 /mm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20533)
A cube is subjected to equal tensile stress on all the three faces. If the yield stress of the material
is σy then, based on the strain energy theory, the maximum tensile stress will be (AEE-2009)
(a) σy /(√ 3(1-2μ ))
(b) σy /(√ 3(1-μ ))
(c) σy /(√ 3(1-μ ))
(d) σy /(√ 3(1+μ ))
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19461)
A specimen 160mm2 in cross section stretches by 0.06 mm over a 50 mm gauge length under an
axial load of 35kN.The strain energy is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a)1436 N-mm
(b)780 N-mm
(c)1050 N-mm
(d)1298 N-mm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19459)
As compared to uniaxial tension or compression, the strain energy stored in bending is only (AE
Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a)1/4
(b)1/3
(c)1/8
(d)1/2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19458)
A prismatic bar 1 m long and 4sq.cm in cross sectional area is compressed by a force of 80 kN. If
E=200kN/sq.mm, the total strain energy stored in the bar is equal to (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-
2016)
(a)80kN-mm
(b) 40kN-mm
(c) 0.05kN-mm
(d)400kN-mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19332)
A steel rod of cross –sectional area equal top 1000 mm2 is 5 m lopng. If a pull of 100kN is
suddenly applied to it, then the maximum stress intensity will be(APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
A. 50N/mm2
B. 100N/mm2
C. 200N/mm2
D. 400N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17722)
A square steel bar of 50 mm side and 5m long is subjected to a load where upon it absorbs a
strain energy of 100J. What is its modulus of resilience?[IES 2009-1]
A.1/125 Nmm/mm3
B.125 mm3/Nmm
C.1/100 Nmm/mm3
D.100 mm3/Nmm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16016)
The ratio of energy stored in a rectangular cantilever beam loaded at the free end without
producing permanent set to the energy stored in the same bar in simple tension is [APPSC AEE
2016]
A.l/2
B.l/3
C.l/6
D.l/9
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15655)
The state of stress at a point in an elastic material, with yield stress of 200 MPa in simple tension
and Poisson’s ratio 0.3, is as shown in the figure [IES 2017]
The permissible value of g by maximum strain theory is

(a) 75 MPa
(b) 100 MPa
(c) 150 MPa
(d) 200 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15643)
A simply supported beam of span ‘l’ and flexural rigidity EI carries a unit load at its mid-span.
The strain energy at this conditions in the beam due to bending is [IES 2017]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15304)
The principal stresses at a point are 2a (tensile) and a (compressive), and the stress at elastic limit
for the material in simple tension is 210 N/mm2. According to maximum shear strain theory, the
value of a at failure is[IES 2016-1]
(a) 70 N/mm2
(b) 105 N/mm2
(c) 140 N/mm2
(d) 210 N/mm2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15110)
A structural element is subjected to a two-dimensional stress system, wherein σ1 = 225

N/mm2 (tensile) with σ2 being compressive. The yield stress in both simple tension (σy )t and
simple compression (σy)c is 250 N/mm2 and µ = 0.25. What is the value of σ2, according to
Maximum Strain Theory? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 200 N/mm2
(b) 150 N/mm2
(c) 125 N/mm2
(d) 100 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15108)
A cylindrical pressure vessel is 1200 mm in diameter. It is made of rolled mild steel plate. The
vessel is subjected to an internal pressure of 2 N/mm2. If the material yields at 200 N/ mm2, what
should be the minimum safe thickness of the plate, based on Maximum Principal Stress Theory?
[IES 2015-1]
(a) 18 mm
(b) 15 mm
(c) 12 mm
(d) 9 mm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15078)
What is the ratio of the strain energy in bar X to that in bar Y when the material of the two bars
is the same? The cross-sectional areas are as indicated over the indicated lengths. [IES 2015-1]
(a) 1/3
(b)2/3
(c) 4/3
(d)1/6
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14715)
If the strain energy stored per unit volume in a hollow shaft subjected to a pure torque when t
attains maximum shear stress fs is (17 fs)/(64 N), the ratio of the inner diameter to outer diameter
is[SSC JE 27-01-2018 FN]
1)1/2
2) 1/3
3) 1/4
4) 1/5
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13471)
A 2 m long, axially loaded mild steel rod of 8 mm diameter exhibits the load-displacement (p−δ)
behavior as shown in the figure.
Assume the yield stress of steel as 250 Mpa. The complementary energy (in N-mm) stored in the
bar up to its linear elastic behavior will be_______ [GATE 2017 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13430)
Consider the stepped bar made with a linear elastic material and subjected to an axial load of 1
kN, as shown in the figure
Segments 1 and 2 have cross-sectional area area are 100 mm2 and 60 mm2,Young's modulus of
2x105 MPa and 3 x105 MPa length of 400 mm and 900 mm, respectively. The strain energy (in N-
mm, up to one decimal place) in the bar due to the axial load is_____ [GATE 2017 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9581)
The maximum stress produced in a bar when a load is applied suddenly is 40 N/mm2. If the same
load is applied gradually, the stress produced is[APPSC AE 1993]
1. 10 N/mm2
2. 20 N/mm2
3. 40 N/mm2
4. 80 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8270)
If σ and E for a body of volume 2x 105mm2 are 10 N/mm2 and 1x105 N/mm2 , resilience of the

body is[TSPSC AE 2015]
1. 10 N mm
2. 20 N mm
3. 100 N mm
4. 200 N mm
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5710)
A mild steel specimen is under uniaxial tensile stress.Young’s modulus and yield stress for mild
steel are 2 x 105 Mpa and 250 Mpa respectively.The maximum amount of strain energy per unit
volume that can be stored in this specimen without permanent set is (GATE-08)
(a) 156 N-mm/mm3
(b) 15.6 N-mm/mm3
(c) 1.56 N-mm/mm3
(d) 0.156 N-mm/mm3
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5708)
A stepped steel shaft shown below is subjected to torque to 10 N-mtorque .If the modulus of
rigidity is 80 Gpa,the strain energy in the shaft in N-mm is
(a)4.12
(b) 3.46
(c)1.73
(d)0.86
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5486)
In a two – dimensional stress system, the principal stresses are σ 1 = 200 N/mm 2 (tensile) and
σ 2 (compressive). Th yield stress in both simple tension and compression is 250 N/mm 2 , with μ
= 0.25. What will be the value of σ 2 according to the maximum normal strain theory?[IES 2014-
1]
a) 160 N/mm 2
b) 100 N/mm 2
c) 200 N/mm 2
d) 250 N/mm 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5483)
The principal stresses at a point in a bar are 160 N/mm 2 (tensile) and 80 N/mm 2 (compressive).
The accompanying, maximum shear stress intensity is[IES 2014-1]
a) 100 N/mm 2
b) 110 N/mm 2
c) 120 N/mm 2
d) 140 N/mm 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5259)
A thin cylindrical shell made of mild steel plate is 1000 mm in diameter. It is to be subjected to
an internal pressure of 2 N/mm 2 . If the material yields at 200 N/mm 2 the thickness of the plate
in mm on the basis of Rankine's theory of failure with assuming a factor of safety of 3 would
be[IES 2013-1]
(a) 10
(b) 12
(c) 15
(d) 18
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5040)
Steel has proportionality limits of 300 Mpa in simple tension. It is subjected to principal stresses
of 120 Mpa (tensile), 60 Mpa (tensile) and 30 Mpa (Compressive). What is the factor of safety
according to maximum stress theory?[IES 2012-1]
a) 1.5
b) 1.75
c) 1.8
d) 2.0
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4743)
The limit of proportionality in the material of structural steel member, when subjected to simple
tension in the member are σ 1 = 122 N/mm 2 (tensile) and σ 2 = 60 N/mm 2 (Compressive). μ = 0.3.
According to maximum strain theory.the factor of safety is[IES 2010-1]
a) 2.5
b) 1.5
c) 2
d) 3
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4479)
An element of a structure is subjected to two principal stresses σ 1 and σ2

σ 1 = 200 N/mm 2 (Tensile)
σ2 is compressive.
The yield stress both in simple tension and compression for the material is 240 N/mm 2 .
Poisson’s ratio μ = 0.25; what is the value of σ 2 in N/mm 2 as per maximum normal strain theory
at which the yield of the material will commence?[IES 2009-1]
a) 240
b) 200
c) 180
d) 160
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4478)
The details of the principal stresses at a certain point in a steel member are as follows:
Major principal stress σ 1 = 180 N/mm 2 (Tensile)
Major principal stress σ 2 is (Compressive )
If the uniaxial tensile yield stress is 240 N/mm 2 , according to maximum shear stress theory,
what would be the value of σ 2 in N/mm 2 which yielding will commence?[IES 2009-1]
a) 120 tension
b) 90 tension
c) 80 compression
d) 60 compression
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3765)
In a two-dimensional stress system, the two principal stresses are p1 = 180 N/mm 2 (Tensile), and
p2 which is compressive. For the material, yield stress in simple tension and compression is 240
N/mm 2 and Poisson’s ratio is 0.25. According to maximum normal strain theory, for what values
of p2 , shall yielding commence?[IES 2006-1]
a. 240 N/mm 2
b. 180 N/mm 2
c. 195 N/mm 2
d. 200 N/mm 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3763)
A thin cylindrical tube closed at ends is subjected to internal pressure. A torque is also applied to
the tube. The torque is also applied to the tube. The principal stresses p1 and p2 developed are
80.0 units and 20.0 units respectively. If the yield stress is 240 units, then what is the factor of
safety according to Maximum shear stress theory?[IES 2006-1]
a. 3.00
b. 4.00
c. 5.00
d. 6.00
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3525)
At a certain point in a structural member there are perpendicular stresses 80 N/mm 2 and 20

N/mm 2 , both tensile. What is the equivalent stress in simple tension, according to the maximum
principal strain theory ? (Poisson’s ratio = 0.25)[IES 2005-1]
a. Zero
b. 20 N/mm 2
c. 60 N/mm 2
d. 75 N/mm 2
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2403)
A member is made of structural steel. When it is subjected to simple tension, the limit of
proportionally is 280 N mm2. If the principal stress p1 and p2 developed in the member are 100
N/mm2 (tensile) and 40 Nmm2 (compressive) respectively and Poisson’s ratio is 0.30, then the
factor of safety according to maximum shear stress theory would be[IES 2000-1]
a. 2.75
b. 2.5
c. 2.25
d. 2.0
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2379)
The strain due to bending in the cantilever beam shown in the figure is[IES 2000-1]
a.PL/3EI
b.P 2 L 2 /6EI
c. P 2 L 2 /EI
d P 2 L 2 /2EI
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33403)
Two closely coiled helical springs ‘A’ and ‘B’ are equal in all respects but the number of turns of
spring ‘A’ is half that of spring ‘B’. The ratio of deflection in spring ‘A’ to spring ‘B’ is[APPSC
AE SUBORDINATE 2016 PRELIMS]
(1) 1/8
(2) ¼
(3) ½
(4) 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33095)
A load of 2100 N is dropped axially on a closed-coiled helical spring from a height of 240 mm.
The spring has 22 coils each of mean diameter 180 mm and wire diameter is 25 mm. If modulus
of rigidity C = 84000 N/mm2 and amount of compression = 255 mm, what is the maximum shear
stress produced in the spring?[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 156 N/mm2
(b) 346 N/mm2
(c) 239 N/mm2
(d) 123 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33070)
An open-coiled helical spring of wire diameter 12 mm, mean coil radius 84 mm, helix angle
60o carries an axial load of 480 N. What is the twisting moment?[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 10.22 Nm
(b) 20.16 Nm
(c) 14.24Nm
(d) 24.11 Nm
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33067)
A 1.4 m long laminated carriage spring has leaves of 100 mm width and 10 mm thickness. The
spring has to absorb 125 N-M of energy when straightened, without exceeding the bending stress
of 160 MPa. What is the number of leaves? (Take the elastic modulus of material of spring as
200 GPa)[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 11
(b) 9
(c) 7
(d) 5
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31444)
A leaf spring carries a central load of 3000 N. The leaf spring is to be made of 10 steel plates
each 5 cm wide and 6 mm thick. Length of the spring is 600 mm and E = 2 ×
105 N/mm2. Determine the deflection at the centre of the spring[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2020]
1. 15.25 mm
2. 11.25 mm
3. 1.25 mm
4. 12.25 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24193)
A close coiled helical spring has 100mm mean diameter and is made of 20 turns of 10mm
diameter steel wire. The spring carries an axial load of 120 N. Modulus of rigidity is 84 GPa.
The shearing stress developed in the spring in N/mm2 is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :96 / π
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24191)
A spring with 25 active coils cannot be accommodated within a given space. Hence 10 coils of
the spring are cut. What is the stiffness of the new spring? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :1.66 times the original spring
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24188)
A close coiled helical spring of stiffness 4N/mm is in series with another spring of stiffness 6
N/mm. What is the stiffness of composite spring? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer : 2.4 N/mm
 Solution
Related Exams

More

Q 24125)
Two closely coiled helical springs ‘A' and ‘B’ are equal in all respects but the number of turns of
spring ‘A’ is half that of spring ‘B’ The ratio of deflections in spring ‘A' to spring ‘B' is [APPSC
AE SUBORDINATE 2017]
Options :
A.1/2
B.2
C.1/8
D.1/4
Correct Options : A
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 24008)
A helical spring is subjected to an axial load W and corresponding deflection in the spring is δ.
Now if the mean diameter of the spring is made half of its initial diameter keeping the material,
number of turns and wire cross-section same, the deflection will be (APPSC AEE-2019_
Screening test)
(a) δ /2
(b) δ /3
(c) δ /4
(d) 2δ
Correct Options : B
Related Exams

More

Q 22848)
At closely-coiled helical spring of round steel wire 5 mm in diameter having 12 complete coils of
50 mm mean diameter is subjected to an axial load of 100 N. If modulus of rigidity is 80 GPa,
the deflection of the spring will be[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 36 mm
(b) 32 mm
(c) 28 mm
(d) 24 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15954)
A closely coiled helical spring made of 10 mm diameter steel wire has 15 coils of 100 mm mean
diameter. The spring is subjected to an axial load of 100 N. For a modulus of rigidity of 8.16 x
104 N/mm2, the stiffness of the spring will be nearly [IES 2019]
(A)5.9 N/mm (B)6.8 N/mm
(C)7.7 N/mm (D)8.8 N/mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15649)
A uniform T-shaped arm of weight W, pinned about a horizontal point C, is support by a vertical
spring of stiffness K. The extension of the spring is [IES 2017]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15120)
Two closely coiled helical springs A and B are equal in all respects but for the number of turns,
with A having just half the number of turns of that of B. What is the ratio of deflections in terms
of spring A to spring B? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 1/8 (b) 1/4
(c) 1/2 (d) 2/1
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15114)
A closely coiled helical spring of round steel wire 5 mm in diameter having 12 complete coils of
50 mm mean diameter is subjected to an axial load of 100 N. Modulus of Rigidity of the spring is
80 kN/mm2. What is the deflection of the spring? [[IES 2015-1]
(a) 12 mm (b) 24 mm
(c) 36 mm (d) 48 mm
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9872)
Two close-coiled springs are made from a small diameter wire, one wound on 2.5 cm diameter
core and the other on 1.25 cm diameter core. If each spring had ‘n’ coils, then the ratio of their
spring constant would be [APPSC AE Public Health 2012]
(1) 1/16
(2) 1/8
(3) 1/4
(4) 1/2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9815)
A body having weight of 1000 N is dropped from a height of 10 cm over a close coiled helical
spring of stiffness 200 N/cm. The resulting deflection of spring is nearly [ APPSC-AE(Public
Health 2012]
(1)5 cm
(2)16 cm
(3)35 cm
(4)100 cm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5499)
A close helical spring of 10 mm mean diameter is made of 10 mm diameter rod, and has 20
turns. The spring carries an axial load of 200 kN with G = 8.4 x 10 4 N/mm 2 . The stiffness of
the spring is nearly[IES 2014-1]
a) 5.25 N/mm
b) 6.50 N/mm
c) 7.25 N/mm
d) 8.50 N/mm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3610)
What is the equivalent spring stiffness for the system of springs shown in the figure given above?
[IES 2005-1]
a. 43 kN/m b. 50 kN/m
c. 58 kN/m d. 64 kN/m
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3168)
Two co-axial springs are subjected to a force of 1 kN. Spring constant of larger diameter spring
is 80 N/mm and that of smaller diameter spring is 120 N/mm. The deformation in the spring
combination will be equal to[IES 2003-1]
a. 5 mm
b. 15 mm
c. 125/6 mm
d. 135/7 mm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30917)
a thin cylinder of diagram 100 mm and thickness 5 mm is subjected to a internal fluid pressure of
10 N/mm2, the hoop stress is [SITE ENGINEER GR-II KSFDC LTD 2015]
(a) 150 N/mm2
(b) 10 N/mm2
(c) 15 N/mm2
(d) 100 N/mm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28023)
A spherical steel pressure vessel 400 mm in diameter with a wall thickness of 20 mm, is coasted
with a brittle lacquer that cracks when strain exceeds 200 × 10-7. What internal pressure will
cause the lacquer to develop cracks[TNEB AE 2018]
E = 200 GPa, μ = 0.3
1. 0.59 MPa
2. 1.14 MPa
3. 2.28 MPa
4. 4.56 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24741)
A water main of 180 cm diameter contains water at a pressure head of 300 m. The thickness of
the metal shell required for water main, given that max permissible stressing metal is 600 kg/cm2,
will be: [APPSC PL 2020]
A.4.5 cm
B.3.5 cm
C.2.5 cm
D.1.5 cm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24198)
A thin cylinder contains fluid at a pressure of 450 N/m2 the internal diameter of the shell is 0.6m
and the tensile stress in the material is to be limited to 9000 N/m2. The shell must have a
minimum wall thickness of nearly[APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :15.0 mm
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24197)
A thin cylindrical shell is subjected to internal pressure P. The Poisson’s ratio of the material of
shell is 0.3. Due to internal pressure, the shell is subjected to circumferential strain and axial
strain. The ratio of circumferential strain to axial strain is: [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :4.25
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24194)
Hoop stress and longitudinal stress in a boiler shell under internal pressure are 80 N/mm2 and
40N/mm2 respectively. Young’s modulus of elasticity and Poisson’s ratio of the shell material are
200 GN/m2 and 0.3 respectively. The hoop strain in boiler shell is: [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :0.34 x 10-3
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24110)
The thin cylinder analysis is generally applicable for a d t ratio of

(Where d is the diameter of the thin cylinder and t is the thickness of the thin cylinder) [APPSC
AE SUBORDINATE 2017]
Options :
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24065)
It is desired to shrink a thin steel tyre on to a rigid wheel of 3600mm diameter. What is the
internal diameter of the tyre, if after fitting the hoop stress in the tyre is 95 N/mm2. Take E = 2 x
105 MPa [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2017].
Options :
A.3598.29mm
B.3592.46mm
C.3614.27mm
D.3618.38 mm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16204)
A closed thin walled tube has thickness, t, mean enclosed area within the boundary of the
centrline of tube's thickness, Am, and shear stress τ . Torsional moment of resistance, T of the
section would be [GATE 2019 AN]
A.0.5 τAmt
B.τAmt
C.4 τAmt
D.2 τAmt
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16022)
If the hoop stress in a thin cylinder is 24 N/sq.mm ,then its longitudinal stress is equal to [APPSC
AEE 2016]
A.36 N/sq.mm
B.24 N/sq.mm
C.12 N/sq.mm
D.6 N/sq.mm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16005)
The maximum shearing stress produced by shrinkfit between two cylinders (mounted one inside
the other ) of E=2 x 106 kg(f)/m2 and shrinkage factor=0.002,is equal to [APPSC AEE 2016]
A.2000 kg(f)/m2
B.2500 kg(f)/m2
C.4000 kg(f)/m2
D.1000 kg(f)/m2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10132)
A thin cylinder of diameter 100 mm and thickness 5 mm is subjected to an internal fluid pressure
of 10 N mm-2 ,the hoop stress is APPSC observers 2013]
A.100 Nmm-2
B.10 N mm-2
C.50 N mm-2
D.5000 N mm-2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10042)
Thin cylinders are frequently required to operate under pressure up to________.[APPSC AE

paper-2 2013][APPSC AE (public health 2012)]
a) 5 MN/m2.
b) 15 MN/m2.
c) 30 MN/m2.
d) 250 MN/m2.
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9884)
The bursting pressure for a cold if drawn seamless steel tubing of 60 mm inside diameter with 2
mm wall thickness is (The ultimate strength of steel is 380 MN/m2)[APPSC AE (public health
2012)]
1)25.33 MN/m2
2)24.33 MN/m2
3)26.33 MN/m2
4)50.66MN/m2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9553)
A cylindrical shell 3 meters long, 1 meter in diameter, thickness of metal 10 mm is subjected to a

internal pressure of 1.5 N/mm2. If E=200 KN/mm2 and l/m=0.3, the volumetric strain produced in
the cylinder is[APPSC AE 1993]
1.0.000075
2.0.000319
3.0.0007125
4.0.0006375
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8619)
A thin cylinder is subjected to an internal pressure of 40 MPa. If the longitudinal stress is 60

MPa, then the circumferential stress is[TSPSC AEE 2017]
(1) 120 MPa
(2) 30 MPa
(3) 20 MPa
(4) 10 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8463)
A pressure vessel in the form of a thin cylinder of 1m diameter and 1mm plate ' thickness is
subjected to an internal fluid pressure of 0.2 MPa. The maximum shear stress in the material is
_[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2015]
(1) 50 MPa
(2) 0 MPa
(3) 25 MPa
(4) 37.5 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5679)
A thin walled cylindrical pressure vessel having a radius of 0.5 m and wall thickness of 25 mm is
subjected to an internal pressure of 700 kPa. The hoop stress developed is [GATE-09]
a) 14 Mpa
b) 1.4 Mpa
c) 0.14 Mpa
d) 0.014 Mpa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5491)
The power transmitted by a 75 mm diameter shaft at 140 rpm, subjected to a maximum shear
stress of 60 N/mm 2 , is nearly[IES 2014-1]
a) 68 kW
b) 70 kW
c) 73 kW
d) 76 kW
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5264)
A water main 160 cm dia contains water at a pressure head of 200 m. Take weight of water to be
1000 kg/m3. The thickness of the metal shell required for the water main, given that the
maximum permissible stress in the metal is 400 kg/cm 2 will be[IES 2013-1]
a)1 cm
b) 2 cm
c) 3 cm
d) 4 cm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3758)
A thin cylinder of thickness ‘t’, width ‘b’ and internal radius ‘r’ is subjected to a pressure ‘p’ on
the entire internal surface. What is the change in radius of the cylinder ? (µ is the Poission’s ratio
and E is the modulus of elasticity)[IES 2006-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33968)
The equation of deformation is derived to be y = x3 – xL for a beam shown in the figure
The curvature of the beam at the mid-span (in units, in integer) will be _______
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33963)
A propped cantilever beam EF is subjected to a unit moving load as shown in the figure (not to
scale). The sign convention for positive shear force at the left and right sides of any section is
also shown. [GATE 2021 FN]
The correct qualitative nature of the influence line diagram for shear force at G is
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33913)
A propped cantilever beam XY, with an internal hinge at the middle, is carrying a uniformly
distributed load of 10 kN/m, as shown in the figure. [GATE 2021 AN]
The vertical reaction at support X (in kN, in integer) is _____
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32739)
for the overhang beam shown in figure,the hinge reaction at B is __
Ans:175N
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32609)
The magnitude of fixed end moments in a fixed beam of uniform flexural rigidity carrying a total
load W triangularly distributed over the entire span L are [PL 2007]
1. wl/10,Wl/15
2. wl/10,Wl/12
3. wl/12,Wl/15
4. wl/8,Wl/10
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32296)
A propped cantilever AB is fixed at A and simply supported at B . If a 1 Kn concenctrated load

is acting at B, what is the vertical reaction at support A ? [OPSC AEE 2019 PAPER-1]
(a) 0 kN
(b) 1 kN
(c) 0.5 kN
(d) 2 kN
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31913)
For the fixed beam shown below, what will be the moments MA and MB. Induced due to sinking
of right support by ∆, where EI = flexural rigidity of the beam [SSC JE 30-10-2020 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31875)
A beam of span 5 m, fixed at A and B, carries a point load of 50 kN at 2 m from A. The fixed
end moment at the supports A and B, respectively are [SSC JE 30-10-2020 FN]
1. 24 kNm clockwise and 36 kNm clockwise

2. 24 kNm anticlockwise and 36 kNm anticlockwise
3. 36 kNm clockwise and 24 kNm anticlockwise
4. 36 kNm anticlockwise and 24 kNm clockwise
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31826)
A cantilever beam of span L as shown in the figure is subjected to a uniformly distributed load
W and a concentrate upward load P, at its free end. For vertical displacement to be zero at the
free end, the value of P is [SSC JE 30-10-2020 FN]
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31326)
A Continuous beam PQRS is supported over three equal spans PQ=QRRS.Each span carries a
concentrated load W at the centre.If the support moment at Q is -100 kNm.What is the support
moment at R[APGENCO Trainee AE 2017]
(A) -100 kNm
(B) +100 kNm
(C) –50 kNm
(D) +50 kNm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30338)
the value of flexural rigidity EI and length L for the members AB and BC of the rigid frame ABS
are equal. Joint B is rigid and the included angle between AB and BC at B is 90o. Ends A and C
are fixed, when a moment of M is spilled to the joint B, the rotation of the joint B is: (Kerala
Asst.Preofessor-2016)
(a) ML/4EI
(b) ML/3EI
(c) ML/12EI
(d) ML/8EI
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29611)
A propped cantilever of span 4 m is fixed at A and propped at B carries a UDL of 1 KN/m over
the entire span. The prop reaction is(MCSE 2016)
(A) 2.5 KN
(B) 2KN
(C) 1.5KN
(D) 1 KN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29341)
A propped cantilever beam of span ‘l’ is loaded with udl of intensity w/m over the entire length.
Bending moment at fixed end will be(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)WL2/8
b)WL2/12
c)WL2/2
d)WL2/24
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29324)
Fixed end moment MFAB for the given beam is(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)M/4 b)ZERO
c)M/8 d)M/2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29321)
The fixed end moment at the end A of the beam shown in figure will be (KPWD AE
a)wl2/30 b)wl2/10
c)wl2/24 d)wl2/12
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29230)
For the structure shown in the figure, the fixed end moment at support ‘A’ is
[KARNATAKA PSC AE 2017]
(1) 14·14 kN-m (2) 10 kN-m

(3) zero (4) 3 kN-m
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28300)
A fixed beam of span L is carrying a point load P at its mid span.If the moment of inertia of the
middle half-length is two times that of the remaining length ,then the fixed end moments will be
A.PL/32
B.5PL/48
C.3PL/32
D.5PL/32
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28299)
A fixed beam of span L is carrying a point load P at its mid span.If the moment of inertia of the
middle half-length is two times that of the remaining length ,then the fixed end moments will be
A.PL/32
B.5PL/48
C.3PL/32
D.5PL/32
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28089)
fixed moment at A and B?

Correct Answer :
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27655)
A beam of span l is fixed at one end and simply supported at other end. It carries uniformly
distributed load of w per unit run over the whole span. The reaction (R) at the simply supported
end is[MPSC ESE 2018-1]
1. R = 3/8 wl
2. R = 5/8 wl
3. R = ½ wl
4. R = 1/3 wl
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27654)
A fixed beam AB of span L is subjected to a clockwise moment M at a distance ‘a’ from end A.
Fixed end moment at end A will be[MPSC ESE 2018-1]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27459)
A continuous beam ABC is simply supported at supports A, B and C. Portion AB has span of 6
m and BC 4 m. Portion AB is loaded with a concentrated load of 120 kN downward at 3 m from
A. The qualitative reactions shall be[MPSC ESE 2017-1]
1. Reactions at A and B shall be upward and reaction at C shall be zero

2. Reactions at A and B shall be upward and reaction at C shall be downward
3. All reactions i.e., at A, B and C shall be upwards
4. None of the above
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27458)
For both ends of the fixed beam shown in the figure carrying a concentrated load eccentrically
placed on the beam, deflection under load is[MPSC ESE 2017-1]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27450)
A continuous beam ABC is as shown in the figure. End supports are simple (i.e., A and C) and
span AB = span BC = L. There is a concentrated load W' at the centre of the span AB while no
load over the span BC. Ej is same for both the spans. What is the moment at the continuous
support B ? [MPSC ESE 2017-1]
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27277)
A propped cantilever of span L fixed at A and simply supported at B is subjected to concentrated

load W at centre, reaction at B[MPSC ESE 2016-1]
1. 3/16 W
2. W/4
3. 5/16 W
4. 7/16 W
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27273)
A propped cantilever is subjected to a concentrated load of 16 kN at the centre of the span. The
length of beam is 4 m. The flexural rigidity EI = 4 × 102 kNm2. The reactions at the fixed end and
simply supported end are[MPSC ESE 2016-1]
1. 9.87 kN at fixed end and 6.13 kN at simply supported end

2. 8 kN each at fixed end and simply supported end
3. 11 kN at fixed end and 5 kN at simply supported
4. 16 kN at fixed end and zero kN at simply supported end
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27078)
The reaction for the support B of a beam loaded as shown in figure[MPSC ESE 2013-1]
1. 5000 N
2. 10000 N
3. 1250 N
4. 15000 N
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26786)
The fixed end moment of end A of the fixed beam shown in figure[TNPSC AE
2019]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25890)
a propped cantilever beam is subjected to a uniformly distributed load of 50 kN/m for the entire
span of 8 m. the reaction at the propped end is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 50 kN (b) 100 kN
(c) 250 kN (d) 150 kN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25657)
The degree of redundancy of the structure shown is[TRB PL-2017]

(A) 3 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 4
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25351)
Find the reaction R of the propped cantilever shown in fig[TNPSC AE 20-5-

2018]
(a) wl/3
(b) 3/8 wl
(c) wl/2
(d) 5/8 wl
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24996)
Distance of contraflexure?
Correct Answer :
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24995)
contraflexure point from fixed end
Correct Answer :
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24979)
a beam AB is fixed at both ends and carries a uniformly distributed load of intensity W per unit
length run over its entire length .Due to some construction defects ,the end B is now reduced to a
simple support .the percentage increase in bending moment at A is :
A.25
B.50
C.75
D.100
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24969)
Correct Answer :
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24968)
A cantilever of length l,fixed at one end and propped at the other end,carries a concentrated load
W at its centre and a uniformly distributed load w per unit length from the centre up to the fixed
end.If EI is the flexural rigidity of the cantilever determine the reaction at the prop.
Correct Answer :
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23353)
A fixed beam AB of length 'l' having constant flexural rigidity EI carries two loads P at its third
points C and D as shown in figure
Numerically, maximum bending moment will occur: [MPSC ESE 2019-1]

Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23352)
In the propped cantilever as shown in figure, the value of propped reaction 'R' will be: [MPSC
ESE 2019-1]
(a) 9 kN
(b) 6 kN
(c) 3 kN
(d) 2 kN
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22889)
A beam of length l is fixed at its both ends and caries two concentrated loads of W each at a
distance of l/3 from both ends. The fixed end moment at A will be[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) –Wl/3
(b) –2Wl/9
(c) –6Wl/15
(d) –4Wl/27
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22854)
A simply supported beam of span 8 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 24 kN/m run over
the whole span. The beam is propped at the middle of the span. The values of E = 200×
106 kN/m2 and I = 20× 10-5 m4 . the amount by which the prop should yield in order to make all
three reactions equal will be nearly[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 20 mm
(b) 15 mm
(c) 10 mm
(d) 5 mm
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21369)
In the figure below, the points of contraflexure will occur (AEE 2008)
(a)at the mid point of AB and CD

(b) no where in the beam
(c) at B and C
(d)at the mid-point of BC
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21368)
In the figure below, if maximum positive bending moment is equal to negative bending moment,
then the value of L1 is (AEE 2008)
(a) L/2
(b) L/√ 2
(c) L/2√ 2
(d) L/3√ 2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21364)
The maximum bending moment and support reactions in a continuous beam of two equal spans
with end supports on hinges, and subjected to uniformly distributed load over the entire length
are, respectively (AEE 2006)
(a) –wl2/8, wl
(b) –wl2/8, 1.25 wl
(c) –wl2/12, wl
(d) –wl2/12, 1.12 wl
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21363)
The reaction for the support B of a compound beam loaded as show in fig is (AEE-2006)
(a) 5.0 kN
(b) 10.0 kN
(c) 12.5 kN
(d) 15.0 kN
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21362)
A beam is continuous over three simple supports, and is subjected to uniformly distributed load
w/m over one span. If the spans are of equal length l, the moment at the middle supports is (AEE
1987, 2003)
(a) –wl2/12
(b) –wl2/2
(c) –wl2/8
(d) –wl2/16
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21361)
If one end of a beam of span l and flexural rigidity EI sinks by δ , the beam is subjected to (AEE
2003)
(a) sagging moment (6EI δ/l2)
(b) hogging moment (6EI δ/l2)
(c)sagging at the lower support and hogging moment at the other support of magnitude(6EI δ/l2)
(d)hogging moment at the lower support and sagging moment at the other support of magnitude
(6EI δ/l2)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21344)
A continuous beam PQRS is supported over three equal spans PQ=QR=RS. Each span carries a
concentrated load W at the centre. If the support moment at Q is -100kNm. What is the support
moment at R(AP GENCO Trainee AE-2017)
(a) -100kNm
(b) +100kNm
(c) -50kNm
(d) +50kNm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19464)
What is the magnitude of fixed end moment of a propped cantilever beam having length L
carrying a concentrated load P at the mid-span? Take EI=constant[APPSC Town planning 2016]
(a)3PL/8
(b)3PL/16
(c)5PL/16
(d)PL/4
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19463)
A point load W is acting at mid span of a cantilever of length l. If the free end is supported on a
rigid prop, the reaction of the prop is [APPSC Town planning 2016]
(a)5W/13
(b)5W/11
(c)5W/16
(d)7W/9
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19462)
What is the reaction of a prop, supported at the free end of a cantilever of length l carrying a
uniformly distributed load of w per unit run the whole length? [APPSC Town planning 2016]
[APPSC AE(Public Health) 2012]
(a)(3/8)wl
(b) (5/8)wl
(c) (1/8)wl
(d) (7/8)wl
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17807)
Fixed end moments developed at both the ends in a fixed beam of span L and flexural rigidity.
EI, when its right-side support settles down by Δ , is [IES 2014-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17806)
Fixed end moments at A and B for the fixed beam shown in the figure, subjected to the indicated
uniformly varying load, are respectively [IES 2014-1]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17793)
The force required to produce a unit displacement (translation without rotation) at either one-
third point of a fixed beam of span l and of uniform flexural rigidity EI is [IES 2013-1]
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17698)
Figure given below shows a fixed beam of steel[IES 2002-1]

At the point of collapse, the value of load W will be [IES 2002-1]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15959)
A continuous beam with uniform flexural rigidity is shown in the figure. [IES 2019]
The moment at B is
(A)18 kNm (B)16 kNm
(C)14 kNm (D)12 kNm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15826)
A proper cantilever ABCD is loaded as shown in figure. [IES 2019]

If it is of uniform cross-section, the collapse load of the beam will be nearly
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15743)
A fixed beam is loaded as in figure. The fixed end moment at support A [IES 2018]
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13559)
For the beam shown below, the value of the support moment M is ____ kN-m. [GATE 2015 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12857)
The magnitude of the bending moment at the fixed support of the beam is equal to [GATE -95]
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12265)
A horizontal beam ABC is loaded as shown in thee figure below. The distance of the point of
contraflexure from end A is [GATE 2015 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 12221)
A vertical load of 10 kN acts on a hinge located at a distance of L/4 from the roller support Q of
a beam of length L (see figure). (GATE 2018 AN)
The vertical reaction at support Q is

(A) 0.0 kN
(B)2.5 kN
(C)7.5 kN
(D) 10.0 kN
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10640)
The left-hand support of a fixed beam, of span 8 m and of uniform cross-section, yields and
rotates by 1° clock-wise. The moment developed at the right-hand support is (El is given in kg
cm2)[APPSC AEE paper-III 1984]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10471)
If a point load acting at the mid span of a fixed beam of uniform section produces fixed end
moments of 60 kNm, then same load spread uniformly over the entire span will produce fixed
end moments equal to___________________ . [SSC JE 01-03-2017 AN]
1) 20 kNm
2) 30 kNm
3) 40 kNm
4) 45 kNm
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10284)
A beam fixed at both ends carries a uniformly distributed load on entire length. The ratio of
bending moment at the support to the bending moment at mid span is given by
[SSC JE 2013]
(a) 0.5
(b) 1.0
(c) 1.5
(d) 2.0
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9882)
A beam length 4 m, fixed at both ends carries a point load of 120 kN at the centre, If EI for the
beam is 2000 kN m2, deflection at the centre of beam in[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
(1) 1.0mm
(2) 20 mm
(3) 5.0 mm
(4) 10.0 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9550)
A cantilever beam of span "L" is subjected to point load W at the free end. It is propped at the
distance of 1/4 from free end. The prop reaction is.[APPSC AE 1993]
1.W
2.W/2
3.3W/2
4.None
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8628)
Moment required to rotate prop end of a propped cantilever beam by 2 radians is 40 kNm. What
will be the moment required to rotate the same end by 1 radian if length of the beam is doubled
and the other end of the beam is changed to hinge ?[TSPSC AEE 2017]
(1)7.5 kNm
(2)20 kNm
(3) 10 kNm
(4)5 kNm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 7229)
A propped cantilever of uniform flexural rigidity is loaded as shown in the given figure. The
bending moment at fixed end A is
a) 150kNm sagging
b. 3000 kNmsagging
c. 600 kNm hogging
d. 300 kNm hogging
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5706)
in a system of two connected rigid bars AC and BC are of identical length L with pin supports at
A and B.The bars are interconnecetd by C by a frictionless hinge.The rotation of the hinge is
restrained by a rotaional spring of stiffness K.The system initially assumes a straight line
configuration ,ACB.Assuming both bars as weightless, the rotation at supports, due to A and B
due to transverse load P applied at C is
[GATE 2015 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5705)
A steel strip of length L=200mm is fixed at end A and rests at B on a vertical spring of
stiffness ,K=2 N/mm.the steel strip is 5mm wide and 10 mm thick .A vertical load P=50N is
applied at B,as shown in figure .Considering E=200Gpa,the force (in N) developed in the spring
is ______[GATE 2015 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5704)
Two beams are connected by a linear spring as shown in figure .For a load P as shown in
figure ,The percentage of applied load P carried by the spring is ____ [GATE 2015 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5703)
The axial load (in KN ) In the member PQ for the arrangement /assembly shown in figure given
below is _____[GATE-14 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5700)
For the linear elastic beam shown in the figure,the flexural rigidity ,EI is 781250 KN-m2 .When
w= 10KN/m ,The vertical reaction RA at A is 50 KN .The value of RA for w=100 KN/m is
[GATE-04]
(a) 500KN (b) 425 KN

(c)250 KN (d)75 KN.
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5668)
A two span continuous span having equal spans each of length L is subjected to a uniformly
distributed load w per unit length .The beam has constant flexural rigidity [GATE-07]
The Bending moment at the middle support is :
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5616)
A three span continuous span has an internal hinge at B.Section B is at the mid span of
AC.Section E is at the mid span of CG.The 20KN load is applied at section B where as 10KN
loads are applied at sections D and F as shown in figure .Span GH is subjected to uniformly
distributed load of magnitude 5Kn/m.For the loading shown ,Shear force immediate to the right
of section E is 9.84KN upwards and the sagging moment at section E is 10.31 KN-m (GATE-
04)
The vertical reaction at support H is

(a) 15 KN upward
(b)9.84 KN upward
(c) 15 KN downward
(d)9.84 KN downward
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5615)
A three span continuous span has an internal hinge at B.Section B is at the mid span of
AC.Section E is at the mid span of CG.The 20KN load is applied at section B where as 10KN
loads are applied at sections D and F as shown in figure .Span GH is subjected to uniformly
distributed load of magnitude 5Kn/m.For the loading shown ,Shear force immediate to the right
of section E is 9.84KN upwards and the sagging moment at section E is 10.31 KN-m (GATE-
04)
The magnitude of the shear force immediate to the left and magnitude to the right of section B
are ,Respectively
(a) 0 and 20 KN
(b) 10 KN and 10 KN
(c) 20 KN and 0KN
(d)9.84 KN and 10.19 KN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5055)
The reaction of the beam at C is[IES 2012-1]
a) 5.5 kN
b) 6.5 kN
c) 7.5 kN
d) 8.5 kN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4494)
A beam of uniform section fixed at both ends and of span 6 m is acted upon by two concentrated
loads of 6 t each as shown in figure above. What is the fixed end moment at each end?[IES
2009-1]
a) 6 tm
b) 8 tm
c) 10 tm
d) 12 tm
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4490)
A fixed end beam of uniform cross – section is loaded uniformly throughout the span. What is
the proportion of the bending moment at the centre to the end moment considering only elastic
conditions?[IES 2009-1]
a) 1 : 1
b) 1 : 2
c) 1 : 4
d) 2 : 3
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4486)
Which one of the following is the correct bending moment diagram for a propped cantilever
beam shown in figure above?[IES 2009-1]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4297)
For the propped cantilever shown in the above figure, a hinge is provided at C.A and B is at the
same level. What is the force reaction at the fixed end A?[IES 2008-1]
a. (4/3) P
b. P
c. (3/4) P
d. P/2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4234)
A fixed beam AB, of constant EI, shown in the above figure, supports a concentrated load of 10
kN. What is the fixed end-moment MFAB at support A?[IES 2008-1]
a. 4.8 kNm
b. 6.0 kNm
c. 7.2 kNm
d. 9.5 kNm
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4088)
What are the bending moments at the ends A and B of a uniform beam AB fixed in direction and
position at A and B when acted upon by two concentrated loads at 1/3rd span as shown in the
figure above?[IES 2007-1]
a. 2/9 WL
b. 4/9 WL
c. 6/9 WL
d. 8/9 WL
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4083)
Which one of the following is the reaction of the cantilever at B as shown in the figure above?
[IES 2007-1]
a. 3/8 wl
b. 5/8 wl
c. 6/17 wl
d. 3/21 wl
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3984)
A fixed beam AB of span l carries a uniformly distributed load w/unit length. During loading, the
support B sinks downwards by an amount δ. If = what is the fixing moment at B?[IES 2007-1]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3781)
For the fixed beam as shown in the figure above, what is the fixed end moment at A for the given
loading?[IES 2006-1]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3774)
Which one of the following is the correct BMD for the loaded uniform sized beam as shown in
the figure given above?[IES 2006-1]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3598)
In the propped cantilever shown in the figure given above, what are the values of the bending
moment and shear force at the support A?[IES 2005-1]
a. 2 Pa, P/3
b. Pa, P
c. Pa, P/3
d. 2 Pa, 4P/3
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2840)
A propped cantilever of span 4 m is fixed at A and propped at B. The beam carries a u.d.l. of 1
t/m over the entire span. The reaction at B is[IES 2002-1]
a. 5/2 t
b. 2 t
c. 1 t
d. 3/2 t
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2643)
An applied couple ‘M’ is moving on a simply supported beam of span ‘l’ as shown in the given
figure. The absolute maximum bending moment developed in the beam is[IES 2001-1]
a. M/2
b. M
c. 3 M/2
d. 2M
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2636)
A straight cantilever of uniform crosssection carries a load ‘W’ distributed evenly over its entire
length. If the free end of the cantilever is now popped upto the level of the fixed end, the vertical
force required at the prop is[IES 2001-1]
a. 3/8 W
b. 5/8 W
c. 3/4 W
d. W
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2625)
A bar AB of diameter 40 mm and 4 m long is rigidly fixed at its ends. A torque of 600 Nm is
applied at a section of the bar, 1 m from end A. The fixing couples TA and TB at the supports A
and B, respectively, are[IES 2001-1]
a. 450 Nm and 150 Nm
b. 200 Nm and 400 Nm
c. 300 Nm and 150 Nm
d. 300 Nm and 100 Nm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2382)
If a point load acting at the mid-span of a fixed beam of uniform section produces fixed end
moments of 60 kNm, then the same load spread uniformly over the entire span will produced
fixed end moments equal to[IES 2000-1]
a. 20 kNm
b. 30 kNm
c. 40 kNm
d. 45 kNm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2376)
A propped cantilever of uniform flexural rigidity is loaded as shown in the given figure. The
bending moment at fixed end A is[IES 2000-1]
a. 150 kNm sagging

b. 3000 kNm sagging
c. 600 kNm hogging
d. 300 kNm hogging
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33379)
A cantilever beam of length 3 m carries a uniformly distributed load w (in kN/m) over the entire
length of the cantilever beam. If the bending moment at the fixed end of the cantilever is 9 kN-m,
what is the value of w? [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2016 PRELIMS]
(1) 2
(2) 3
(3) 4
(4) 5
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33064)
A steel cantilever beam is proposed to build into a concrete wall at one end and other end is free.
It supports a dead load of 20 kN/m and a live load of 10 kN/m. The length of the beam is 5 m.
What are the shear force and bending moment respectively? (Take yield strength of steel as 250
N/mm2)[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 225 kN and 562.5 kNm
(b) 22.5 kN and 56.25 kNm
(c) 225 kN and 56.25 kNm
(d) 22.5 kN and 562.5 kNm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33053)
A beam AB of spam 5 m fixed at both ends carries a UDL of 12 kN/m over the whole span. If
the right end B settles down by 12 mm, what are the end moments for the beam? (Take
EI=15000 kNm2)[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) Ma = 68.2 kNm (hogging) and
Mb = 18.2 kNm (sagging)
(b) Ma = 18.2 kNm (hogging) and
(c) Ma = 68.2 kNm (hogging) and
(d) Ma = 18.2 kNm (hogging) and
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33052)
A cantilever beam of 4 m span carries a UDL of 3 kN/m over its entire span and a point load of 3
kN at the free end. If the same beam is simply supported at two ends, what point load at the
centre should it carry to have same deflection as the cantilever?[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 60 kN
(b) 120 kN
(c) 160 kN
(d)210 kN
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32767)
a beam of length 10 metres is supported with 2 metres over hangers on each side and carries
uniformly distributed load of intensity ,q= 20 kN/m.the maximum sagging moment in the beam
is
Ans: 40 kNm
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32735)
a cantilever beam of 1 m length supports a trianularly distributed load over its entire length.the
maximum of which is at the free end.the total laod is 50kN.what is the bending moment at the
fixed end____
A.50 x 106 N-mm
B.33.33 x106 N-mm
C.100 x106 N-mm
D.25 x106 N-mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32728)
a beam ABC of segmental lengths AB=8m and BC=2m is provideed with a roller support at A
and a hinged support B.It carries a point load magnitude 20 kN at a section 4 metres from
A.What mngnitude of point load placed at C will cause bending moment in the beam to be only
hogging?[2006 backlog]
A.10 kN
B.20 kN
C.40 kN
D. 15 kN
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32006)
A single rolling load of 40 kN rolls from left end along a simply supported girder of span 20 m.
The absolute maximum positive and negative shear force, respectively are: [SSC JE 30-10-2020
AN]
1. 14KN and -26KN

2. 40KN and -40KN
3. 26KN and -14KN
4. 20KN and -20KN
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31890)
A UDL of 10 kN/m of length 5 m is moving from left to right support on a simply supported
beam of span 10 m. The maximum bending moment at 4 m from the left support is [SSC JE 30-
10-2020 FN]
1. 70 kN-m
2. 90 kN-m
3. 50 kN-m
4. 30 kN-m
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31442)
A cantilever beam of length 2 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 2 kN/m over the whole
length and a point load of 3 kN at the free end. Calculated the maximum shear force and bending
moment[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2020]
1. 7 kN and 10 N-m
2. 7 N and 10 N-m
3. 7 N and 10 kN-m
4. 7 kN and 10 kN-m
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31307)
A beam AB 6 metre long fixed at both ends.Carries two concentrated loads 20 kN and 15 kN at
distances 2 meters and 4 metres from the end A.The bendng moment at the centre of the beam is
[AEE 1996]
A.120.5 kNm
B.16.7 kNm
C.103.8 kNm
D.222.2 kNm
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31306)
The ratio of the load carrying capacity of a fixed beam to that of a cantilever of the same span
subjected to uniformly distributed load over the entire span with reference to bending moment
is[APPSC AEE paper-II 2003]
A.6.0
B.4.5
C.3.0
D.1.0
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31295)
the beam shown in the given figure has a design bending moment value of
A.8 kNm
B.6 kNm
C.4 kNm
D.2 kNm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30764)
a simply supported beam of span 7 m has a point load of 3 kN at a distance of 2 m from left end
A and a point load of 2 kN at a distance of 4 m from left end A. what will be the support reaction
at B? [KPSC AE PWD 2015]
(a) 3 kN
(b) 2.5 kN
(c) 2 kN
(d) 19/7 kN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30337)
on a simply supported beam AB of span L, a load P is moving from left to right. At a section 0.3
L from A, the maximum bending moment is (Kerala Asst.Preofessor-2016)
(a) 0.24 PL
(b) 0.20 PL
(c) 0.21 PL
(d) 0.30 PL
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30318)
A simply supported beam is loaded as shown in the figure below. The maximum shear force in
the beam will be
A.wl/2
B.wl/3
C.wl/4
D.w
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29624)
A beam ABCD 10 m long simple supported at B and C at 6 m apart with equal overhang AB and
CD of each 2 m. A point load of 12 KN is applied at A and ‘W’ at D. The magnitude of reaction
at C will be zero if the value of ‘W’ is(MCSE 2016)
(A) 2 KN
(B) 2.5 KN
(C) 3 KN
(D) 6KN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29538)
The maximum shear force in a cantilever beam of effective span ‘L’ subjected to a point load W
at its mid span is(KPWD JE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)WL/2
b)W/2
c)WL/2
d)W
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29338)
The SFD of a beam is shown in figure, then the UDL of the beam per meter run is : (KPWD AE
a)30kN b)7.5kN
c)45kN d)15kN
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29335)
The resultant of the distributed loading on the cantilever shown in figure will be(KPWD AE
a)2.4 kN
b)0.6 kN
c)3.0 kN
d)1.2 kN
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29319)
A continuous beam ABCDE is 12m long and contains 4 span of 3 m each. Beam is loaded with
UDL of 4000kN/m throughout its length. The bending moment at E will be equal to(KPWD AE
a)6000kN-m
b)zero
c)12000kN-m
d)3000kN-m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29021)
in a beam segment where there are no distributed loads,the bending moments at section x=3 and
x=6 respectively are given as 40 kNm sagging and 20 kNm hogging.The shear force in the
segment is [2006 backlog]
A.30kN
B.20kN
C.-30kN
D.-20kN
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28910)
The axial thrust in the members AC,CD and DE in kN respectively

A.20,20,20
B.0,0,20
C.0,20,20
D.0,20,0
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28909)
The bending moment at A,B,C and D respectively in KN-m
A.40,90,130 and 150
B.20,0,30& 20
C.20,0,40&40
D.0,20,30&40
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28900)
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28247)
A cantilever beam of span 3 m is subjected to uniformly distributed load of 80 kN/m throughout

the span. Determine the value of point load that can be applied in upward direction at free end in
order to gave the resulting deflection at free end as zero:- [RPSC AE 2016]
1)30 kN
2)90 kN
3)60 kN
4)80 kN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28024)
A cantilever beam is loaded as shown in the figure below. What is the shape of bending moment
diagram for portion AB[TNEB AE 2018]
1. parabolic
2. linearly varying with maximum bending moment at B
3. constant bending moment from A to B
4. linearly varying with maximum bending moment at A
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27738)
A beam of length 10 m carries a uniformly distributed load of 20 KN/m over its entire length and
rests on two simple supports. In order that the maximum BM produced in the beam is the least
possible, the supports must be placed from the ends at a distance of[MPSC ESE 2018-1]
1. 5.86 m
2. 4.14 m
3. 2.93 m
4. 2.07 m
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27451)
A beam ABC is supported and loaded as shown in the figure. Find the support reactions at A and
B. (Neglect horizontal reaction at A) [MPSC ESE 2017-1]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26870)
Which part of the beam is subjected to pure bending in the following figure[MPSC ESE 2012-
1]
1. AB
2. BC
3. CD
4. no part of beam is subjected to pure bending
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26523)
For a overhanging beam the expression for bending moment is given as 2.5 x – 3x2/2 kNm. Then
the location of maximum bending moment is[TRB PL 2012]
1. 5/3
2. 2.5/3
3. 3/2.5
4. 3/5
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25931)
a long construction member of uniform section is to be lifted using ropes at C and D. (see fig)
which caused bending moment due to self-weight as shown. To minimize the peak value of
bending moment, the overhang “d” shall be such that[TNPSC Arch. Asst.2018]
(a) M2 = 0
(b) M1 = M2
(c) M2 = 2 M1
(d) b = L/4
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25859)
the vertical reaction at support A for the frame shown in figure below is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 0
(b) 10 kN
(c) 16 kN
(d) 20 kN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25819)
for a simply supported beam shown in fig, the location and magnitude of maximum bending
moment is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) l/√2; wl2/4
(b) l/2; wl2/8
(c) l/3; wl2/6
(d) l/√3; wl2/9√3
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25754)
Match the following beams with their bending moment diagrams [TRB PL-2017]
Codes
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(A) (i) (iii) (iv) (ii)
(B) (iii) (iv) (ii) (i)
(C) (iv) (iii) (i) (ii)
(D ) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25039)
the absolute maximum bending moment in a simply supported beam of span 10 m due to moving
udl of 4 kN/m spanning over 6 m is[TNPSC AE 24-02-2018]
(a) 42 kN-m at the supirt
(b) 42 Kn-m at the mid point
(c) 42 kN-m near the mid point
(d) 42 kN-m at1/3rd of the span
Correct Options : B
Related Exams

More

Q 24997)
a beam of length 10 meters is supported with 2 meters overhangs on each side and carries
uniformly distributed load of intensity ,q=20kN/m.the maximum sagging moment in the beam
is___kNm
A.40 B.50 C.90 D.60
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 24988)
Incase of a cantilever carrying uniformly varying load,the ratio of maximum bending moment at
fixed end when the load increases from zero at fixed end to ‘w’at free end and that when the load
increases from zero at free end to’w’at fixed is
A.1
B.2
C.1/2
D.1/4
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24987)
A loaded beam PQRS is shown in the given figure.The magnitude of reaction at R will be zero if
the value of load ‘W’ is
A.2 kN
B.2.5 kN
C.3 kN
D.6 kN
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24943)
The beam ABC shown in the figure is horizontal.The distance to the point of contraflexure from
the fixed end A is [IES-1999]
A.0.333 m
B.0.666 m
C.0.25 m
D.0.75 m
Correct Options : A
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 24892)
a planar elastic structure is subjected to uniformly distributed load, as shown in the figure (not
drawn to the scale)
Neglecting self-weight, the maximum bending moment generated in the structure (in kN-
m, round off to two decimal places), is ____ [GATE 2020 FN]
Correct Options : A
Related Exams

More

Q 24736)
A two span continuous beam ABC with end A fixed and end C hinged is having AB = 4 m and
BC= 6 m, IAB : IBC = 1 : 2. It is subjected to udl (uniformly distributed load) of 10 kN/m over the
entire right span. The moment at the end C is: [APPSC PL 2020]
A.25 kNm hogging
B.11 .25 kNm hogging
C.11.25 kNm sagging
D.0
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24713)
A simply supported beam with equal overhang on both sides carry Uniformly Distributed Load
on entire length. What would be the percentage overhang on each side so that maximum bending
moment is minimum? [APPSC PL 2020]
A.17.7%
B.20.7%
C.25.2%
D.33.3%
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24454)
If the bending moment at the fixed end of a cantilever beam of span ‘l’ subjected to uniformly
distributed load over its entire span is M, the bending moment at a section l/5 from the free end
is [AE (ENV) Mains-2017]
Options :
A.4% of M
B.10 % of M
C.5% of M
D.0.4% of M
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24156)
A simply supported beam ABCD with equal overhang on both sides is loaded as shown in the
Fig. 9. If the bending moment at mid-span is zero, then the percentage overhang on each side
will be [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer: 25
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24155)
The fixed end moment MA of the beam ABCD as shown in Fig.8, is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-
3]
Correct Answer: -120kNm
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24154)
In a simply supported beam of length ‘L’ with a triangular load varying from zero at one end to
the maximum value ‘w’ at the other end, the maximum bending moment is: [APPSC AEE 2019
Paper-3]sfd
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24153)
A simply supported beam is loaded as shown in the Fig. 7. The maximum shear force in the
beam will be [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer: 3 W
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24151)
For the beam ABCD, shown in the given Fig. 5, is loaded by udl of intensity ‘w’ on whole length
such that the maximum positive bending moment is equal to the maximum negative bending
moment. The value of L1 is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer: L/2√2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23997)
For the beam shown below, the vertical reactions at A and B are respectively (APPSC AEE-
(a) 2 kN, 3 kN
(b) 3 kN, 2 kN
(c) -1 kN, 1 kN
(d) 1 kN, -1 kN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23986)
Calculate the shear force and bending moment at point B for the beam AB subjected to linearly
varying load as shown in the figure. The value of the linearly varying load at the point is 6 kN/m
and 4 kN/m, respectively. Point B is an internal hinge (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) 2.67 kN and 0 kN-m

(b) 4 kN and 0 kN-m
(c) 4 kN and 1.33 kN-m
(d) 1.33 kN and 0 kN-m
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23982)
Calculate the shear force and bending moment at the mid point of the beam (APPSC AEE-
(a) 0 kN, 0 kN-m

(b) -20 kN, -20 kN-m
(c) 20 kN, -20 kN-m
(d) 20 kN, 0 kN-m
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23872)
The bending moment for a beam with equal overhangs and carrying equal point loads each of P
at the free ends, the shear force for the beam portion between the supports is [APPSC AEE
Prelims 2016]
A.Zero
B.equal to P
C.Linearly varying from –P to +P
D.Linearly varying from 0 to P
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23781)
for the beam having a uniformly distributed load of w per unit length as shown in the given
figure, the maximum positive bending moment is equal to maximum negative bending moment.
The value of L1 to L for this condition is (SSC JE 25-09-2019 FN)
(a) 1/2
(b) 1/√ 2
(c) 1/2√ 2
(d) √ 2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23366)
For a simply supported beam AB of span L with point load W at point C,Z m from left support,
ILD for bending moment at C (Mc) is: [MPSC ESE 2019-1]
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22583)
a beam 10 m long is simply supported at the ends. It carries a UDL of 10 kN/m up to a distance
of 3 m from either end. The shear force at the centre of the beam is (Engineering Assistant &
Ward Amenities_2019)
(a) 0 kN
(b) 30 kN
(c) 10 kN
(d) 50 kN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21625)
A cantilever beam 2.5 m long carries a uniformly distributed load 50 KN per meter over length
of 1.5 m from the free end. The value of maximum shear force and bending moment for the
beam will be respectively[ISRO 2017]
(a) 15 KN & 150 KNm
(b) 10 KN & 131.25 KNm
(c) 15 KN & 131.25 KNm
(d) 10 KN & 150 KNm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19927)
A cantilever beam of length 3m is subjected to a point load of 8 kN at its free end apart from a
uniformly distributed load of 4kN/m over its full length. The maximum shear force in the beam
is (AEE-2011)
(a) 36 kN
(b) 32 kN
(c) 24 kN
(d) 20 kN
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19922)
A simply supported beam of span ABCD which is subjected to a uniformly distributed load of
intensity w throughout its span is supported at B and C and AB and CD are overhangs. Here AB
= CD = x and BC = l. then beam will have zero bending moment at mid-point of BC. What is the
value of x? (AEE-2011)
(a) l
(b) 0.75l
(c) 0.50l
(d) 0.25l
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19921)
A simply supported beam of span 8 m is subjected to a point load of 16m kN acting at 5 m from
its left support. The support reaction at this left support is (AEE-2011)
(a) 10kN
(b) 6 kN
(c)8 kN
(d) 12 kN
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19920)
A beam ABC is simply supported to A and B and BC is the overhanging portion. The beam is
subjected a uniformly distributed load of 8kN/m over its full span ABC and AB = 4m and BC =
2m. the point of contraflexure in the beam occurs at (AEE-2011)
(a) support A
(b) support B
(c) mid-point of AB
(d) 3 m from A
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19909)
The shear force of a cantilever beam of length l carrying a uniformly distributes load of W per
unit length is__ at the fixed end (AEE-2009)
(a) zero
(b) Wl/4
(c) Wl/2
(d)Wl
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19898)
The bending moment equation for the below beam is given by (AEE-2008)
(a)(w.x2/2) f
(b) w × L (x/2)
(c) w ((L-x)2/2)
(d)w ( L-x)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19894)
Shear force diagram of beam is shown in the figure given below. The moment at the point C is
zero
The maximum moment in the beam is (AEE-2006)
(a) 30 kNm
(b) 50 kNm
(c) 60 kNm
(d) 45 kNm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19887)
A beam with length l between the pinned supports overhangings by a on both sides. Then mid-
span bending moment in the beam is zero under uniformly distributed load covering the entire
span; if (AEE-2004,AE2004)
(a)l= a
(b) l = 2a
(c) l = 3a
(d) l = 4a
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19882)
A wooden log rod length 5m is floating in water. First self weight is 1 kN/m. the maximum B.M
at the centre is (AEE-1996)
(a) 0
(b) 6.25 kNm
(c) 5 kNm
(d) none
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19371)
A cantilever of length 6m is carrying a uniformly distributed load of w per unit run for a distance
4m from the free end. The value of maximum bending moment is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-
2017)
A. 16w
B. 18.5w
C. 22w
D. 21w
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19370)
A simply supported beam of length 7m is carrying a load whose intensity varies uniformly from
zero at each to w per unit run at the mid span. The value of maximum shear force is (AE Sub-
ordinates, Mains-2017)
A. 2.96w
B. 1.75w
C. 3.42w
D. 2.38w
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19365)
A simply supported beam with a gradually varying from zero at B and w per unit length at A The
Shear force at B is equal to (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
A. Wl/6
B. 2wi/3
C. Wl
D. 3wl/2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19364)
A cantilever of length 4m is subjected to a clockwise couple of 12 kN-m at free end. What is the
shear force at fixed end? (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
A. Zero
B. 4kN
C. 3kN
D. 12kN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19363)
A beam with equal overhangs is carrying UDL as shown in the following figure. The bending
moment at the centre of the beam will be zero for the condition (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. b=L/3
B. b=L/2
C. b=3L/2
D. b=L
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19362)
A cantilever beam of the length 3m carries a uniformly distributed load w (in kN/m)over the
entire length of the cantilever beam . If the bending moment at the fixed end of the cantilever is 9
kN-m. What is the value of w ? (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17711)
if the free end of a cantilever of span l and flexure rigidity EI undergoes a unit displacement
(without roation),what is the bending moment induced at the fixed end? [IES 2008-1]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17674)
A cantilever beam is shown in the figure,Find the magnitude and direction of moment to be
applied at free end for zero vertical deflection [SSC JE 02-03-2017 AN]
A.9 kNm Clockwise

B.9 kNm Anti Clockwise
C.12 kNm Clockwise
D.12 kNm Anti-Clockwise
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16028)
The number of contra flexure points that occur in a cantilever beam subjected uniformly
distributed load is[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.3
B.2
C.1
D.0
Solution
Related Exams
More
Q 15980)
A beam with equal overhangs is carrying UDL as shown in the following figure. The bending
moment at the centre of the beam will be zero for the condition.[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.a=L/3
B.a=L/2
C.a=3L/2
D.a=L
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 15955)
The shear-force diagram of a beam is shown in the figure. The total of the vertically downward
loads on the beam is [IES 2019]
(A)2600 N (B)2000N
(C)2400N (D)2800 N
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15320)
The bending moment at A for the beam shown below (not to scale) is[IES 2016-1]
A.3200 kN-m
B.3600 kN-m
C.4200 kN-m
D.4800 kN-m
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15311)
The bending moment diagram for the beam shown below is[IES 2016-1]
none of the options are possible
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15310)
The bending moment at A for the beam shown below (With BD being a rigid bar) is
(a) Zero
(b)12 kN-m
(c) 8 kN-m
(d)6 kN-m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15027)
A beam of overall length l, with equal overhangs on both sides, carries a uniformly distributed
load over the entire length. To have numerically equal bending moments at the centre of the
beam and its supports, the distance between the supports should be [IES 2015-1]
(a) 0.277 l
(b)0.403 l
(c) 0.586 l
(d) 0.7078 l
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14983)
The point of a contraflexure is the point where .[SSC JE 04-03-2017 AN]

1) B.M. changes sign
2) B.M. is maximum
3) B.M. is minimum
4) S.F. is zero
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14982)
A simply supported beam which carries a uniformly distributed load has two equal overhangs.
To have maximum B.M. produced in the beam least possible, the ratio of the length of the
overhang to the total length of the beam is__________________[SSC JE 04-03-2017 AN]
1) 0.207
2) 0.307
3) 0.407
4)0.508
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13391)
The portal frame shown in the figure is subjected to a uniformly distributed vertical load w (per
unit length). [GATE 2016 AN]
The bending moment in the beam at the joint ‘Q’ is
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 13390)
An assembly made of a rigid arm A-B-C hinged at end A and supported by an elastic rope C-D
at end C is shown in the figure. The members may be assumed to be weightless and the lengths
of the respective members are as shown in the figure. [GATE 2016 AN]
Under the action of a concentrated load P at C as shown, the magnitude of tension developed in
the rope is
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 13389)
A rigid member ACB is shown in the figure. The member is supported at A and B by pinned and
guided roller supports, respectively. A force P acts at C as shown. Let RAH and RBH be the
horizontal reactions at supports A and B, respectively, and RAv be the vertical reaction at
support A. Selfweight of the member may be ignored. [GATE 2016 FN]
Which one of the following sets gives the correct magnitudes of RAV, RBH and RAH ?
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 12864)
A frame ABCD is supported by a roller at A and is on a hinge at C as shown below

The reaction at the roller end A is given by [GATE -00]
A.P
B.2P
C.P/2
D.zero
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11535)
For the cantilever beam shown in fig, the value of shear force at fixed end is
SSC JE 2014 (M)
(a) 100 kN
(b) 70 kN
(c) 80 kN
(d) 90 kN
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11299)
A simply supported beam having a span of 3 m and carrying a uniformly distributed load of 10
kN/m has a shear force, at mid-span, of [SSC JE 2007]
A.15 KN
B.30 KN
c.7.5KN
D.ZERO
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11055)
A rectangular log of wood is floating in water with a load of 100 N at its centre. The maximum
shear force in the wooden log is [SSC JE 2012]
(a) 100 N at the centre
(b) zero shear all through
(c) 50 N at each end
(d) 50 N at the centre
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10989)
For the above cantilever beam, the absolute value of shear force at A is [SSC JE 2011]
(a) 1.0 kN
(b) 4.0 kN
(c) 0 kN
(d) 2.0 kN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10777)
A prismatic beam ABC is simply supported at points A and spaced 6 m apart and has an
overhand BC of 2 m. A u.d.l. of 2 T / m acts over entire length AC and a point load of 5T acts at
C. The hogging moment in T- m at B would be [APPSC AEE 1987]
1. 15
2. 18
3. 14
4. 12
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10756)
A beam A B D is 8 m long and is simply supported at A and at a point B such than AB = 6 m. A

point load of 1.5 T acts at D, and a total u.d.l. of 8 T acts over half of AB. The shear force at A in
Tons would be [APPSC AEE 1987]
1. 6
2. 8
3. 5.5
4. 7.5
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10755)
A horizontal beam is simply supported at its ends and carries a, u.d.l. of 3 T/m between supports
places 10 m. apart, counter clockwise moments of 14 and 10 T.m. are applied at the left and right
supports respectively. The shear force in tons at support A is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.14
2.17.4
3.13.6
4.15
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10584)
For simply supported beam shown in Fig., the magnitude of vertical reaction at ‘B' is[SSC JE
2014 AN]
(A)20 kN
(B)18 kN
(C)15 kN
D) 10 kN
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9321)
A freely supported beam of span 6 m is subjected a point load of 60 kN at mid span. The
maximum BM is equal to[APPSC AEE 2012]
1) 300 kN - m
2) 180 kN - m
3) 90 kN - m
4) 270 kN - m
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9316)
A cantilever is subjected to udl throughout the length. If the maximum shear foce is 200 kN and
maximum bending moment is 400 kN, thespan, "L" of the beam in metres is [APPSC AEE 2012]
1) 3
2) 2
3) 4
4) 8
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8682)
A simply supported beam which carries a uniformly distributed load has two equal overhangs.
To have maximum B.M. produced in the beam the least possible, the ratio of the length[TSPSC
AEE 2015]
a.0.207
b.0.508
c.0.407
d.0.307
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8677)
A cantilever beam of 3 m long carries a point load of 5 kN at its free end and 5 kN at its middle.
The bending moment at the middle of the cantilever beam is [TSPSC AEE 2015]
a.22.5 kN-metre
b.30.0 kN-metre
c.15.0 kN-metre
d.7.5 kN-metre
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8449)
A simply supported beam of span L, carries two couples of magnitude M each acting at both
middle third locations of the beam. While one of them is acting clockwise the other is acting
counter clockwise. Magnitude of the maximum shear force acting in the beam _______[TSPSC
HMWS&SB 2015]
1) 2M/L
2) M/L
3) 1.5 M/L
4) 0
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8271)
If a simply supported beam of 5 m span carries a point load of 100 KN at 2 m from LHS, the
maximum bending moment on it is[TSPSC AE 2015]
(a)62.5 KN m
(b)120 KN m
(c)125 KN m
(d)312.5 KN m
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5623)
The values of axial stress (σ)in KN/m2,ending moment (M)in KNM , and shear force (V ) in Kn
acting at a point P for the arrangement shown in figure are respectively[GATE-14 AN]
(a)1000,75 and 25
(b)1250,150 and 50
(c)1500 ,225 and 75
(d)1750, 300and 100
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5617)
The bending moment diagram for a beam is given below. (GATE-05)
The shear force at sections aa’ and bb’ respectively are of the magnitude
(a)100KN ,150 KN
(b)zero 100 KN
(c)zero ,50KN
(d)100KN,100 KN
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5498)
The bending moment at C for the beam shown in the figure[IES 2014-1]
a) -3.2 kN-m
b) -4.4 kN-m
c) -6.2 kN-m
d) -7.2 kN-m
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5273)
A frame ABCD is supported by a roller at A and is on a hinge at C as shown in the above figure.
The reaction at the roller end A is given by[IES 2013-1]
(a) P
(b) 2P
(c) P/2
(d) zero
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5054)
A uniformly distributed load of length 8 m crosses a simply supported girder of span 20 m. The
maximum bending moment at the left quarter – span point occurs when the distance between the
point of CG of the total load and mid – span is[IES 2012-1]
a) 0
b) 2 m
c) 3 m
d) 4 m
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5042)
A freely supported beam AB of span 4 m is subjected beam to a UDL of 1 kN/m over the full
span and a moment of 2 kN-m at support A as shown in figure. The resulting BM at mid – span
C of the beam will be[IES 2012-1]
a) 1 kN-m (Sagging)
b) 1 kN-m (hogging)
c) 2 kN-m (Sagging)
d) 2 kN-m (hogging)
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4923)
The correct bending moment diagram for the column is [IES 2011-1]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4723)
A simply supported beam is loaded as in figure. The bending moment at C is[IES 2010-1]
a) 4 kN-m (Sagging)
b) 4 kN-m (Hogging)
c) 8 kN-m (sagging)
d) Zero
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4491)
A beam of uniform flexural rigidity supports a set of loads as shown in figure above. What is the
value of w if the magnitude of bending moment at midspan and at support of the beam are
numerically equal?[IES 2009-1]
a) 20 kN
b) 40 kN
c) 60 kN
d) 80 kN
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4481)
A simply supported beam AB is loaded as shown in the figure above. What is the SF in kN in the
portion AC of the beam?[IES 2009-1]
a) 2
b) 4
c) 0
d) 6
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4042)
For the simply supported beam in the figure above, C is the centre of the span. C is also the point
through which the resultant of the column load W passes. The column rests on the beam over a
small length symmetrically on either side of C. What is the shearing force at C ?[IES 2007-1]
a. W/2
b. W/4
c. W
d. 0
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4041)
At what distance from left support of the above beam, is the shear force zero?[IES 2007-1]
a. 1 m
b. 1.25 m
c. 1.5 m
d. 2.5 m
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3778)
Which one of the following is the bending moment diagram for the vertical cantilever beam
loaded as shown in the figure above?[IES 2006-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3766)
A simply supported beam AB has span L as shown in the figure above, Point C is the mid—span
of the beam. It is subjected to u.d.l. w/unit length, in the portion A to C. Which of the following
are the SFD and BMD for the beam ?[IES 2006-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3536)
What is the bending moment at A for the bent column shown in the figure given above?[IES
2005-1]
a. 40 kNm
b. 20 kNm
c. 10 kNm
d. zero
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3534)
Consider the following statements for the column with a bracket as shown in the figure given
above:[IES 2005-1]
1. Shear force is constant throughout.
2. Maximum moment in the column is Pe.
3. The compressive axial force in the column is 0.4 p.
Which of the statements given above is/are correct?
a. 1, 2 and 3
b. 1 only
c. 1 and 3
d. 2 only
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3531)
The beam shown in the figure given above is subjected to concentrated load and clockwise
couple. What is the vertical reaction at A?[IES 2005-1]
a. 10 kN
b. 40 kN
c. 50 kN
d. 30 kN
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3530)
Couple M is applied at C on a simply supported beam AB. What is the maximum shear force for
the beam?[IES 2005-1]
a. Zero
b. M
c. 2 M/3
d. M/3
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3529)
A cantilever beam AB carries loadings as shown in the figure above. Which one of the following
is the SFD for the beam?[IES 2005-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3528)
A cantilever AB is loaded as shown in the figure given above. What is the shape of the bending
moment diagram for portion AC?[IES 2005-1]
a. Parabolic
b. Linearly varying with maximum value of the bending moment at C
c. Linear with constant bending moment value from C to A
d. Linearly varying with maximum value at A
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3527)
For the simply supported beam shown in the figure given above, at what distance fromthe
support A, is the shear force zero?[IES 2005-1]
A.L/4
B.L/3
C.L/2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3526)
A uniform beam of span I carries a uniformly distributed load w per unit length as shown in the
figure given above. The supports are at a distance of x from either end. What is the condition for
the maximum bending moment in the beam to be as small as possible?[IES 2005-1]
a. x = 0.1071
b. x = 0.207l
c. x = 0.2371
d. x = 0.251
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3296)
Consider the simply supported beam AB subjected to the point loads of equal magnitude as
shown in the above diagram. Which one of the Following statements is correct ?[IES 2004-1]
The portion CD of the beam is
a. in pure bending
b. in pure shear
c. having maximum bending moment
d. having maximum shear force
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3292)
What are the support reactions at the fixed end of the cantilever beam shown in the above
diagram?[IES 2004-1]
a. 120 kN, 120 kNm
b. 120 kN, 240 kNm
c. 240 kN, 120 kNm
d. 120 kN, 60 kNm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3290)
The above diagram shows a simply supported beam with load. Which one of the following
diagrams is the shear force diagram for this beam ?[IES 2004-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3224)
The bending moment for which the beam shown above is to be designed is[IES 2003-1]
a. 200 kNm
b. 800 kNm
c. 600 kNm
d. 640 kNm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2406)
A loaded beam PQRS is shown in the given figure .[IES 2000-1]
The magnitude of reaction at R will be zero if the value of load ‘W’ is

a. 2 kN
b. 2.5 kN
c. 3 kN
d. 6 kN
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2405)
The load diagram and bending moment diagram of a beam are shown in the following figures :
[IES 2000-1]
The shear force at B would be

a. 93.33 kN
b. 120 kN
c. 146.66 kN
d. 200 kN
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33934)
A rectangular cross – sectional of a reinforced concrete beam is shown in the figure. The
diameter of each reinforcing bar is 16 mm. The values of modulus of elasticity of concrete and
steel are 2.0 ×104 MPa and 2.1×105 MPa, respectively.
The distance of the centroidal axis from the centerline of the reinforcement (x) for the un-
cracked section (in mm, found off to one decimal place) is _________[GATE 2021 AN]
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33914)
The internal (di) and external (do) diameters of a Shelby sampler are 48 mm and 52 mm,
respectively. The area ration (Ar) of the sampler (in %, round off to two decimal places) is
______[GATE 2021 AN]
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32771)
At cast iron T-section beam is subjected to pure bending.It is dedsired that the maximum
compressive stress is three times the maximum tensile stress.If the height of the section is h,the
centre of gravity of the section is located at the following distance from the extreme fibres of
the[TRIBAL WELFARE]
A.h/4
B.h/3
C.h/2
D.2h/3
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31321)
a block of wood of specific gravity 0.7 floats in water.Determine the metacentric height of the
block if it's size is 2mx1mx0.8m
Correct Answer :
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31069)
A cantilever beam of rectangular cross-section is 1 m deep and 0.6 m thick. If the beam were to
be 0.6 m deep and 1 m thick, then the beam would[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech
2017]
1. be weakened 0.5 time

2. be weakened 0.6 time
3. be strengthened 0.6 time
4. have the same strength on the original beam because the cross sectional area remains the same
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29241)
A right-angled triangle with base 50 mm and height 75 mm is placed with its base horizontal,
subjected to shear force of F. If moment of inertia is ‘I’ about the axis passing through centroid
parallel to the base, then the shear stress at the axis passing through the centroid
is [KARNATAKA PSC AE 2017]
(1) 416·67 F/I
(2) 449·67 F/I
(3) 316·67 F/I
(4) 492·2 F/I
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28691)
The value of Iyy for the rectangle shown is [KARNATAKA PSC JE 2017]

Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28690)
The value of vertical centroidal distance from the base for the triangle shown is [KARNATAKA
PSC JE 2017]
(1) l/3 (2) 2l/3

(3) 2h/3 (4) h/3
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27873)
Moment of inertia of a circular lamina of radius 10 cm and mass 100 kg is given by[TNEB AE
2017]
1. 100000 kg cm2
2. 5000 kg cm2
3. 10000 kg cm2
4. 98000 kg cm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25871)
a circular hollow steel column is having an area of 100 cm2 and moment of inertia is 10000 cm4,
the radius of gyration is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 1000 cm (b) 10 cm
(c) 1 cm (d) 100 cm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25640)
The moment of inertia of a semicircular section about its centre of gravity parallel to xx axis is
given by : [TRB PL-2017]
(A) 0.0032 d4
(B) 0.0069 d4
(C) 0.0089 d4
(D)0.0016 d4
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24118)
If the moments of inertia of a section about its orthogonal axes are 1 x 106 and 2 x 106 and its area
is 100 units, its polar moment of inertia is [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2017]
A.3x 106
B.3.1 x 106
C.5 x 106
D.4 x106
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21666)
The moment of inertia of a hollow circular section whose external diameter is 8 cm and internal
diameter is 6 cm, about centroidal axis is[ISRO 2015]
(a) 437.45 cm4
(b) 337.45 cm4
(c) 237.45 cm4
(d) 137.45 cm4
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21574)
The moment of inertia of a rectangular section 3 cm wide and 4 cm deep about an axis passing
through its center of gravity and parallel to width is[ISRO 2017]
(a) 9 cm4
(b) 12 cm4
(c) 16 cm4
(d) 20 cm4
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21505)
the proportion of second moment of are about the centroidal axis to second moment of area about
the base of a rectangle will be[ISRO 2018]
(a) 0.25
(b) 0.50
(c) 2.0
(d) 3.0
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19938)
The radius of gyration of a rectangular section (depth D , width B) from a centroidal axis parallel
to the width is (AEE-2009)
(a) D2/2
(b)D/√3
(c) D/2√3
(d) D/4√3
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19935)
The moment of inertia of a rectangular section b × d about its base is (AEE-2004,AEE

2011,2004Feb)
(a) (1/12)bd3
(b) (1/3)bd3
(c) (1/36)bd3
(d) (91/6)bd3
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19933)
The moment of inertia of square section of size 10.0mm about a diagonal is (AEE-
2004,2006Dec)
(a) 1666.67 mm3
(b) 833.33 mm3
(c) 333.33 mm3
(d) 833.33 mm3
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19507)
What is the moment of inertia of a semi circular lamina with the base horizontal about the
centroidal axis parallel to x-axis. If the radius is R (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
(a) 0.2084 R4
(b) 0.23 R4
(c) 0.10976 R4
(d) 0.3142 R4
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16235)
Consider the hemi-spherical tank of radius 13 m as shown in the figure (not drawn to scale).
What is the volume of water (in m3 ) when the depth of water at the centre of the tank is 6 m
[GATE 2019 AN]
A.78 π
B.468 π
C.156 π
D.396 π
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15130)
What is the Polar Modulus of a solid circular metal shaft of diameter 8 cm? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 64 π cm3
(b) 32 π cm3
(c) 16 π cm3
(d) 8 π cm3
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14515)
If D and d are external and internal diameters of a circular shaft respectively, its polar moment of
inertia is [SSC JE 29-01-2018 FN]
1) π (D4- d4)/2
2) π (D4- d4)/4
3) π (D4- d4)/64
4) π (D4- d4)/32
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14311)
The radius of gyration of rectangular section (depth D, width B) from a centroidal axis parallel to
the width is ? [SSC JE 23-01-2018 AN]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13357)
polar moment of inertia (Ip) ,in cm4 ,of a rectangular section having width ,b= 2 cm and depth
d=6 cm is ________ [GATE-14 AN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 8267)
In a triangular section of size 'b x h', if width is reduced to half and height is doubled, then. Its
Ixx is Increased by [TSPSC AE 2015]
1. 2 times
2. 4 times
3. 8 times
4. 16 times
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5627)
A disc of radius ‘r’ has a hole of radius ‘r/2’ cut-othr cut as shown .the centroid of the remaining
disc (shaded portion) at a radial distance from the centre “O” is (GATE -10)
(a) r/2
(b)r/3
(c)r/6
(d)r/8
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5626)
for the section shown below ,second moment of the area about an axis d/4 distance above the
bottom of the area is ____(GATE 06)
(a) bd3/48 (b) bd3/12
(c) 7bd3/48 (d)bd3/3
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 33976)
The state of stress in a deformable body is shown in the figure. Consider transformation of the
stress form the x-y co-ordinates system to the X-Y co-ordinates system. The angle ɵ, location the
X-axis, is assumed to be positive when measured from the x-axis is counter-clockwise direction
The absolute magnitude of the shear stress components σxy (in MPa, round off to one decimal
place) in x-y co-ordinate system is ______[GATE 2021 FN]
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33404)
In case of member subjected to like principal stresses P1 and P2, there exist two mutually
perpendicular planes along which the greatest shear occurs. These planes are at an angle of
_______ with the principal plane carrying the principal stress P1. [APPSC AE SUBORDINATE
2016 PRELIMS]
(1) 60o or 120o
(2) 50o or 130o
(3) 45o or 135o
(4) 40o or 140o
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33094)
A plane element in a body is subjected to a tensile stress of 100 MPa and shear stress of 25 MPa.
What is the normal stress on a plane inclined at 15o with the tensile stress?[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) -5.8 MPa
(b) -4.8 MPa
(c) -3.8 MPa
(d) -2.8 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33071)
The stresses at a point of a machine component are 150 MPa and 50 MPa, both tensile. What is
the intensity of normal stress on a plane inclined at an angle of 30o with the axis of major tensile
stress?[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 25 MPa
(b) 50 MPa
(c) 75 MPa
(d) 100 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32967)
The tensile stresses at a point across two mutual perpendicular planes are 150 N/mm2. What is
the normal stress on the plane inclined at 35o to axis of the minor
stresses (DFCIL_EXECUTIVE_CIVIL_2018)
1. 128.64 N/mm2
2. 125.33 N/mm2
3. 115 N/mm2
4. 120.50 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32772)
if the normal stresses acting on the three mutually perpendicular face of a cubical block of
material are of unlike nature with algebraic sum is equal to zero the volumetric strain produced
in the block will [2008 Tribal welfare]
A.always be zero
B.always positive
C.Always negative
D.none of the above
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32769)
A body is subjected to a direct tensile stress in one plane .The shear stress is maximum at a
section inclined at _____ to the normal of the section
A.450 and 900
B.450 and 1350
C.600 and 1500
D.300 and 1350
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31912)
If the angle of internal friction = 30o for a soil, the angle of failure plane relative to the major
principle plane in a triaxial test will be [SSC JE 30-10-2020 FN]
1. 60o
2. 30o
3. 45o
4. 67.6o
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31197)
A point in two-dimensional stress state subjected to biaxial stress is shown in the figure below.
What is the normal stress acting on the plane AB inclined at an angle of with the vertical
plane? [AE (Civil) in Mahanagara Palike 2017]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31060)
A specimen is subjected to pure shear, t shear stress being q. Tensile and compressive stresses of
intensity, occur on planes inclined at 45o to the shear stress. What is the value of the ratio
Q/q? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 2
2. 1.5
3. 1.25
4. 1
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31057)
On a plane, resultant stress in inclined at an angle of 450 to the plane, if the normal stress is 100
N/mm2, shear stress on plan will be[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 71.5 N/mm2
2. 100 N/mm2
3. 86.6 N/mm2
4. 120.8 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31055)
Principal stresses at a point in a stressed solid are 400 MPa and 300 MPa respectively. The
normal stress on plane inclined at to the principal planes will be[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare
Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 200 MPa and 5 MPa

2. 350 MPa on the both planes
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31053)
What is the normal stress on a plane inclined at 450 to the axis of a square rod of side a subjected
to an axial tensile force of[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. T/a2
2. T/2a2
3. T/4a2
4. T/8a2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31052)
In a pure tensile member, the normal stress on a plane at right angles to the direction of load is
100 N/mm2. What is the normal stress at a plane whose normal is inclined at 60o to the direction
of the load? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 75 N/mm2
2. 100 N/mm2
3. 125 N/mm2
4. 150 N/mm2
no correct option
Related Exams

More

Q 30315)
the state of stresses on an element is shown in the given figure,the values of stresses are σx =32
MPa;σy=-10 MPa and major principal stresses σ1=40 MPa.The minor principal stress σ2 is
Ans:-18
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 29680)
At a point in a strained material, if two mutually perpendicular tensile stresses of 200 N/mm2 and
100N/mm2 are acting, then the intensity of tangential stress on a plane inclined at 15° to the axis
of the minor stress will be(MCSE 2016)
(A) 12.5 N/mm2
(B) 25 N/mm2
(C) 50 N/mm2
(D) 100 N/mm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29674)
If the principal stresses at a point in a stressed body are 150 KN/m2 tensile and 50
KN/m2 compressive, then maximum shear stress at this point will be(MCSE 2016)
(A) 100 KN/m2
(B) 150 KN/m2
(C) 200 KN/m2
(D) 250 KN/m2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29399)
The state of stress at a point in a strained element is shown in the figure below. The maximum
tensile stress in the element will be(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)10N/mm2
b)20N/mm2
c)10(2)1/2N/mm2
d)zero
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29351)
In a plane, resultant stress is inclined at an angle of 450 to the plane. If the normal stress is
100N/mm2, the shear stress on the plane is(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)86.6N/mm2 b)71.65N/mm2
c)123N/mm2 d)100N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29332)
At a point in a stressed body the state of the stress on two plane 450 apart is as shown in the
figure below. Determine the two principal stresses (σ1 and σ2) (KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED
EXAM))
a)8.48 Mpa and -10.489 Mpa

b)10 Mpa and 15 Mpa
c)9 Mpa and -12 Mpa
d)5 Mpa and 18.5 Mpa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29316)
The state of plane stress at a point is given by σx= 200Mpa, σy= 100Mpa and τxy= 100Mpa. The
maximum shear stress is(KPWD AE 2019(CANCELLED EXAM))
a)180.3 Mpa
b)111.8 Mpa
c)223.6 Mpa
d)150.1 Mpa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28246)
If an element of a stressed body is in the state of pure shear with magnitude of shear stress as 50
N/mm2 i then the principal stress at that element is[RPSC AE 2016]
1)40 N/mm2
2)120 N/mm2
3)148 N/mm2
4) 80 N/mm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27545)
Principal stresses at a point in a plane stressed element are σx = σy = 500 N/rnm2. Normal stress
on the plane inclined at 45' to the x-axis will be[MPSC ESE 2017-1]
1. Zero
2. 500 N/rnm2
3. 1000 N/rnm2
4. 707 N/rnm2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26876)
If AC is principal plane, then magnitude of principal tensile stresses will be[MPSC ESE 2012-1]
1.15 MPa
2.5 MPa
3.45 MPa
4.zero
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26610)
A two dimensional stress system has like stresses σx = 100 N/mm2 and σy = 200 N/mm2 in two
mutually perpendicular directions. The xy co-ordinates of the centre of the Mohr’s circle
are[TRB PL 2012]
1. 100, 50
2. -50, 0
3. 150, 0
4. 0. 150
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26504)
The radius of a Mohr’s circle for stresses at a point in a body to σx = - 160 N/mm2, σy = 350
N/mm2, τxy = 0 is[TRB PL 2012]
1. 255
2. 190
3. 350
4. 160
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26227)
Normal stresses on two perpendicular planes passing through a point are zero but complementary
shear stresses are ± 200 N/mm2. Maximum principal stress at the point is[TNPSC AE 2015]
1. 100 N/mm2
2. 150 N/mm2
3. 200 N/mm2
4. 250 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26170)
In a CU test, the diameter of Mohr circle for total stresses at incipient failure condition is 200
KPa to a scale. If the pre pressure at failure is 50 kPa, the diameter of Mohr circle for effective
stresses at failure drawn to the same scale is equal to[TNPSC AE 2015]
1. 150 KPa
2. 200 KPa
3. 250 KPa
4. 300 KPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25722)
Fig shows the state of stress at a certain point in a stressed body. The magnitude of normal
stresses in the x and y directions are 100 MPa and 20 MPa respectively. The radius of Mohrs
stress circle representing this state of stress is [TRB PL-2017]
(A) 120 (B) 80

(C) 60 (D) 40
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24965)
A body is subjected to two normal strains of magnitude = 0.003 and =0.002.
The shearing strain on a plane inclined at 300 with strain given by
A. (√3/2)x10-3
B. (√3/4)x10-3
C. (1/2)x10-3
D. (11/4)x10-3
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24964)
The resultant stress on a certain plane makes an angle of 200 with the normal to the plane.on the
plane perpendicular to the above plane,the resultant stress makes an angle of θ with the
normal.the value of θ can be
A.00 or 200
B.any value other than 00 or 900
C.Any value between 00 or 200
D.200 only
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24880)
in a two dimensional stress analysis, the state of stress at a point P, is
The necessary and sufficient condition for existence of the state of pure shear at the point P,
is [GATE 2020 FN]
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24822)
A bimetallic strip is formed out of two identical strips,one of copper and the other of brass.The
coefficients of linear expansion of two metals are αc and αB (αB > αc).on heating the bimetallic
strip through temperature ΔT, the strip through temperature ΔT,the strip bends into an arc of a
circle.Find the radius of curvature of the strip
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24723)
a plane strain problem in xy plane, the shear strain = 15 X 10-6 and the normal strain in x and y
direction is zero For this strain, what is the diameter of the Mohr's circle of strain? [APPSC PL
2020]
A.5x 10-6
B 7.5 x10-6
C.15 x10-6
D.30 x10-6
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24481)
A rectangular block of material is subjected to a tensile stress of 100 N/mm2 on one plane and a
tensile stress of 45 N/mm2 on a plane at right angle, together with a shear stress of 50N/mm2 on
the same plane. What is the inclination of the principal plane with the plane carrying the tensile
stress of 100N/mm2? [AE (ENV) Mains-2017]
A.61.1890
B.30.960
C.60.940
D.34.60
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24165)
The major and minor principal stresses at a point are 140 MPa and 60MPa respectively, on the
plane passing through the point, the shear stress on the plane is 20 MPa. What is the angle of this
plane with the plane of major principal stress? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer :15o
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24164)
The principal stresses σ1, σ2 and σ3 at a point respectively are 80MPa, 60MPa and -40MPa.The
maximum shear stress is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer : 60 MPa
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24163)
Normal stresses of equal magnitude σ but of opposite signs, act at a point of a strained material
in perpendicular direction. What is the magnitude of the stress on a plane inclined at 450 to the
applied stresses? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:Zero
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24162)
The radius of Mohr’s circle of stress of a strained element is 20 N/mm2 and minor principal
tensile stress is 10 N/mm2. The major principal stress is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:50 N/mm2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24161)
The stresses acting on an element is shown below in the Fig.11, are [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-
3]cs
σx = 90 MPa, σy= 30 MPa and τxy = 40 MPa =τyx
The radius of Mohr’s circle ‘r’ and principal stresses σ1 and σ2 are in (MPa) respectively.
Correct Answer: 50, 110, 10
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24144)
A bar of a square section (a x a) subjected to a tensile load P on a plane inclined at 450 to the axis
of the bar, normal stress will be [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer: P/√(2a2)
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24026)
The state of stress at a point is shown below. θ represents the principal plane corresponding to
principal stresses σ1 and σ2 (σ1 > σ2). Values of θ, σ1 and σ2 are (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening
test)
(a) 0o, 90o, τ and -τ

(b) 30o, 120o, τ and -τ
(c) 45o, 135o, τ and -τ
(d) 45o, 135o, τ/2 and –τ/2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24017)
Consider the state of stress at any point as σxx = 250 MPa, σyy = 0 MPa, σzz= 250 MPa, The
Young’s modulus and Poisson’s ratio of the material is considered as 2 GPa and 0.18
respectively. Determine the εzz at the point. (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) -0.125
(b)+ 0.0103
(c) -0.103
(d) -0.125
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23342)
A point in a started material is subjected to two mutually perpendicular stress of 150 MPa
(tensile) and 50 MPa(compressive), then what will be the magnitude shear stress in the
component [MPSC ESE 2019-1]
(a) 50 MPa
(b) 100 MPa
(c) `150 MPa
(d) 200 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22846)
At a point in a two dimensional stress system, the normal stress on two mutually perpendicular
planes are σxx and σyy and shear stress is τxy one of the principal stresses will become zero when
the value of shear stress τxy is[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) ±(σxx σyy)
(b) ±√ σxx - σyy
(c) ±√ σxx + σyy
(d) ±√ σxx σyy
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21847)
Which on of the following conditions is valid in case of unconfined compression test in
comparison to triaxial test ? [ISRO 2013]
(a) minor principal stress = 0
(b) minor principal stress = 0.5 x major principal stress
(c) minor principal stress = major principal stress
(d) majot principal stress = 3 × minor principal stress
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21579)
A body is subjected to a direct tensile stress of 300 MPa in one plane accompanied by a simple
shear stress of 200 MPa. The maximum normal stress will be[ISRO 2017]
(a) -100 MPa
(b) 250 MPa
(c) 300 MPa
(d) 400 MPa
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20594)
A shaft of sectional are A is subjected to an axial force P; the normal stress on a plane inclined at
θ to the shaft axis is (AEE-2004)
(a) Pcos 2θ /A
(b) Pcos2θ /A
(c) Psin 2θ /A
(d) Psin2θ /A
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20590)
On a set of two rectangular planes, in a stressed material, the stresses are σx= 0; τ = 180
N/mm2 and σy= 0. The value of major principal stress for this condition is (AEE-2011)
(a)360N/mm2
(b) 270N/mm2
(c) 180N/mm2
(d) zero
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20589)
In a component stress system σx = S, σy = S/4 the maximum shear stress for this condition
is (AEE-2011)
(a)S/4
(b)S√ 2/4
(c)2S/4
(d)7S/4
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20588)
The diameter of mohrs stress circle for the case of pure shear of intensity 600 N/mm2 is (AEE-
2011)
(a)300N/mm2
(b) 600N/mm2
(c) 900N/mm2
(d) 1200N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20587)
For which one of the following stress condition the diameter of mohrs stress circle is zero (AEE-
2011)
(a)σ1 = +400N/mm2; σ2 = +400N/mm2 ; q = 400N/mm2
(b) σ1 = +400N/mm2; σ2 = -400N/mm2 ; q = 400N/mm2
(c) σ1 = +400N/mm2; σ2 = +400N/mm2 ; q = zero
(d) σ1 = -400N/mm2; σ2 = -400N/mm2 ; q = zero
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20585)
A body is subjected to tensile stress of 1200 MPa on one plane and another tensile stress of 600
MPa on a plane at right angles to the former. it is also subjected to a shear stress of 400MPa on
the same planes, the maximum normal stress will be (AEE-2011)
(a)400 MPa
(b)500 MPa
(c)900 MPa
(d)1400 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20584)
The resultant stress on an inclined plane which is inclined at an angle θ to the normal cross-
section of a body which is subjected to direct tensile stress (σ) in one plane is (AEE-2009)
(a) σ sin θ
(b) σ cos θ
(c) σ sin 2θ
(d) σ cos 2θ
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20582)
When a square or rectangular block subjected to a shear load is in equilibrium, the shear stress in
one plane is always associated with a complementary shear stress (of equal value) in the other
plane at __to it (AEE-2009)
(a)45o
(b)60o
(c)90o
(d)180o
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20581)
A steel block of 10 sq.cm cross-section carries an axial tensile load of 10 tonnes. The maximum
shear stress of the block is (AEE-2009)
(a)1000 kg/cm2
(b) 500 kg/cm2
(c) 250 kg/cm2
(d) 100 kg/cm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20580)
If an element of a stressed body is in a state of pure shear with a magnitude of 80 N/mm2, the
maginitude of maximum principal stress at that location is (AEE-2009)
(a)80 N/mm2
(b) 95N/mm2
(c) 110 N/mm2
(d) 120 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20578)
The maximum direct stress in a body subjected to pure shear stress of 100.0MPa is (AEE-2008)
(a)+100.0 MPa
(b)±100.0.MPa
(c)-50.0MPa
(d)±50.0MPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20577)
An element is subjected to two normal stresses f1 and f2, both tensile on two mutually
perpendicular planes. The maximum shear stress in the body is given by (AEE-2008)
(a) 1/2 (f1+f2)
(b) 1/2 (f1-f2)
(c) (f1+f2)
(d) (f1-f2)
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20576)
When a body is subjected to a tensile stress σ , in the plane, then the normal stress on an oblique
section of the body inclined at an angle θ to the normal of the section is (AEE-2008)
(a) σ cos θ
(b) σ cos2 θ
(c) σ sin θ
(d) σ sin2 θ
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20574)
A body is subjected to a direct tensile stress of 300 MPa in one plane accompanied by a simple
shear stress of 200 MPa. The maximum normal stress will be (AEE-2008, 2007Polyte lectur)
(a)-100MPa
(b)250MPa
(c)300MPa
(d)400MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20572)
A solid cube is subjected to identical normal forces on all the faces, the ratio of volumetric strain
to linear strain in any of the three axes is (AEE-2007)
(a)1
(b)2
(c)3
(d) √ 3
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20564)
A long the principal plane subjected to maximum principal stress (AEE-2004,Feb2004)

(a)maximum shear stress acts
(b)minimum shear stress acts
(c)no shear stress acts
(d) none of the above
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20563)
A short cast iron column of cross-sectional area 4cm2 carries an axial compressive load of 25
tonnes. For a plane inclined at 60o with the direction of load, the obliquity of the resultant stress
is given by (AEE-2004,Feb2004)
(a)30o
(b)45o
(c)60o
(d)75o
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20556)
Two wooden joists 50mm and 100mm are glued together along the joist AB as shown Determine
the normal and tangential stress in the glue if P = 200kN (AEE-1996)
(a) 165 MPa & 197 MPa

(b) 16.5 MPa & 19.7 MPa
(c) 1.65 MPa & 1.97 MPa
(d) 160 MPa & 190 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20555)
The principal stress at a point across two perpendicular planes are 80 N/mm2 and 40 N/mm2. The
normal stress on a plane at 70o with the major principal stress is (AEE-1996)
(a) 44.7 N/mm2
(b) 75.3 N/mm2
(c) 12.85 N/mm2
(d) 24.70 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20554)
The obliquity of the resultant stress on a principal plane is (AEE-1996)

(a) 45o
(b)30o
(c)0
(d)60o
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20553)
A prismatic bar is carrying only an axial force. The two palnes on which normal and shearing
stresses are equal are inclined to the axial force at angles (AEE-1996)
(a) 0 and π/2
(b) π /4 and 3π/4
(c) π /6 and 2π/6
(d) π /3 and 5π/6
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20551)
If a prismatic member with area of cross-section A is subjected to a tensile load P then the
maximum shear stress and its inclination with the direction of load respectively (AEE-1996)
(a) P/A and 45o
(b) P/2A and 45o
(c) P/2A and 60o
(d) P/A and 30o
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20550)
If the principal stresses at a point in a strained body are P1 and P2 (P2>P1) then the resultant
stress on a plane carrying the maximum shear stress is equal to (AEE-1996,2008 tribal welfare)
(a)(√ P12+P22)
(b) ((√ P12+P22)/2))
(c) ((√ P12-P22)/2))
(d) (√ P12+P22)/2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20517)
The principal strains in a body are +800.0, +400.0 and -1200.0 in micro units. The volumetric
strain in micro units is (AEE-2004,AE2004)
(a) 2400.0
(b) 1200.0
(c)zero
(d)4800.0
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19350)
The maximum shear due to an axial compression of 100MPa is (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-
2017)
A. 50MPa
B. 100MPa
C. 150MPa
D. 75MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19349)
Complementary shear stresses of intensity q are induced at a point on a body, the plane carrying
the maximum shear stress are at the following angle with the principal planes (AE Sub-
ordinates, Mains-2017)
A. 90o
B. 45o
C. 60o
D. 30o
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19348)
.The normal stresses of 55N/mm2 tensile and 45N/mm2 compressive on two mutually

perpendicular planes are acting at a point in a piece of elastic material. These planes also carry
shear stress of 50N/mm2 . The minor principal stress will be (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
A. 65.71 N/mm2 tensile
B. 65.71 N/mm2 compressive
C. 75.71N/mm2 tensile
D. 75.71N/mm2 compressive
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19346)
A body is subjected to a tensile stress of 1200MPa on one plane and another tensile stress of
600MPa on a plane at right angles to the former. It is also subjected to a shear stress of 400MPa
on the same planes.The maximum shear stress will be (AE Sub-ordinates, Mains-2017)
A. 1400MPa
B. 400MPa
C. 900MPa
D. 500MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19345)
In case of a member subjected to like principal stresses P1 and P2 , there exist two mutually
perpendicular planes along which the greatest shear occurs. These planes are at an angle of
__with the principal plane carrying the principal stress P1 (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
A. 60o or 120o
B. 50 o or 130o
C. 45o or 135o
D. 40o or 140o
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19344)
An element subjected to Px = 35MPa (tensile) and shear stress q =7.5Mpa. Then the direction of
principal stresses is (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. 30o
B. 15o
C. 45o
D. 5o
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19343)
For an inclined plane in a rectangular block subjected to two mutually perpendicular normal
stresses 1000 MPa and 400MPa and shear stress 400MPa, the maximum normal stress will
be (APPSC-AEE-Prelims-2016)
A. 1200MPa
B. 700MPa
C. 600MPa
D. 200MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19321)
The maximum tangential stress acting on a plane inclined to the direction of the axial stress (P)
in a tensile bar is equal to (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. 2p
B. 3p/2
C. p/2
D. p
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17768)
In a plane stress problem, there are normal tensile stresses σx > σy, with σx>σy , accompanied by
shear stress τxy at a point in the x-y plane. If it is observed that the minimum principal stress on a
certain section is zero, then[IES 2012-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17716)
In a bi-axial strain system , what is the maximum engineering shearing strain?

[IES 2008-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16226)
For a plane stress problem, the state of stress at a point P is represented by the stress element as
shown in the figure.
By how much angle (θ) in degrees the stress element should be rotated in order to get the planes
of maximum shear stress? [GATE 2019 AN]
A.26.6
B.48.3
C.31.7
D.13.3
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16122)
An element is subjected to biaxial normal tensile strains of 0.0030 and 0.0020. The normal strain
in the plane of maximum shear strain is
[GATE 2019 FN]
(A) 0.0010
(B) Zero
(C) 0.0050
(D) 0.0025
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16004)
If normal stresses of same nature px and py and shear stress q are acting on two perpendicular
planes and q=(pxPy)1/2,then the major and minor principal stresses respectively are[APPSC AEE
2016]
A.px+py and px-py
B.px and px-py
C.0.5(px+py) and 0.5 (px-py)
D.px+py and zero
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16002)
An element is subjected to px=35 Mpa (tensile) and py=20 MPa (tensile) and shear stress q=7.5
MPa. Then the direction of principal stresses is[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.45o
B.22.50
C.30o
D.150
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15949)
The principal stresses in the wall of a container are 40 MN/mm2 and 80 MN/mm2. resultant
stresses (in magnitude) in the plane will be nearly [IES 2019]
(A)84 MN/m2 (B)72 MN/m2

(C)64 MN/m2 (D)58 MN/m2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15948)
At a point in a material, the stresses acting on two planes at right angles to each other are : σz =
120 MPa and σy = -200 MPa and τzy = -80MPa.
The maximum shear stress on the element will be nearly [IES 2019]
(A)142 MPa
(B)155 MPa
(C)167 MPa
(D)179 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15947)
The normal stresses on the two mutually perpendicular planes at a point are 120 MPa (Tensile)
and 60 MPa (Tensile). If the shear stress across these planes is 30 MPa, the principal stresses will
be nearly [IES 2019]
(A)124MPa(Tensile) and 24 MPa(Compressive)
(B)132MPa (Tensile) and 24 MPa (Compressive)
(C)124 MPa (Tensile) and 48 MPa (Tensile)
(D)132 MPa (Tensile) and 48 MPa (Tensile)
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15946)
The normal stresses on two mutually perpendicular planes are 140 N/mm2 (Tensile) and 70
N/mm2 (Tensile). If the maximum shear stress is 45 N/mm2, the shear stress on these planes will
be nearly [IES 2019]
(A)20.9 N/mm2
(B)24.6 N/mm2
(C)28.3 N/mm2
(D)32.0 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15731)
Principal stress at a point in an elastic material are 1.5 σ (tensile), σ (tensile) and 0.5σ
(compressive). The elastic limit in tension is 210 MPa and µ = 0.3. The value of σ at failure
when computed by maximum principal strain theory is, nearly [IES 2018]
(a) 140.5 MPa
(b) 145.5 MPa
(c) 150.5 MPa
(d) 155.5 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15730)
The state of stress at a point is given by σx = 80 MPa, σy = 100 MPa and σz = 60
MPa. If the yield strength for the material is 150 MPa, as determined in a uniaxial test, then the
maximum shear stress is, nearly [IES 2018]
(a)150.8 MPa
(b) 127.4 MPa
(c) 119.3 MPa
(d) 104.0 MPa
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15729)
If strains on a piece of metal are = -120 µm/m, = - 30 µm/m, and = 120 µm/m, what
is the maximum principal strain? [IES 2018]
(a) 0
(b) 50 µm/m
(c) 75 µm/m
(d) 150 µm/m
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15653)
The principal stresses at a point a stressed material are [IES 2017]
σ1=200 N/mm2, σ2=150 N/mm2 ,and
σ3=200 N/mm2 ,E= 210 kN/mm2 and
µ=3.0 .The Volumetric strain will be
A.8.954 x 10-4
B.8.954 x 10-2
C.6.54 x10-3
D.6.54 x 10-4
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15647)
For the state of stress shown in the figure, the maximum and minimum principal stresses (taking
tensile stress as +, and compressive stress as -) will be [IES 2017]
(a)95 MPa and (-35) MPa

(b)60 MPa and 30 MPa
(c)95 MPa and (-30) MPa
(d)60 MPa and 35 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15646)
The state of stress at a certain point in a stressed body is as shown in the figure. Normal stress in
x-direction is 80 MPa (Tensile) and in y-direction is 40 MPa (compressive). The radius of the
Mohr’s circle for this state of stress will be [IES 2017]
A.60 MPa
B.40 MPa
C.20 MPa
D.10 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15303)
Principal stresses at a point are 80 N/mm2 and 40 N/mm2, both tensile. The yield stress in simple
tension for this material is 200 N/mm2. The values of factors of safety according to maximum
principal stress theory and maximum shear stress theory, respectively, are[IES 2016-1]
(a) 2.5 and 2.5
(b) 2.5 and 5
(c) 5 and 5
(d) 5 and 1.67
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15302)
A structural element is subjected to pure shear of 80 N/mm2, as shown in the figure. The yield
stresses both in tension and in compression are 240 N/mm2. According to the maximum normal
stress theory, the factors of safety in tension and compression are, respectively[IES 2016-1]
1. 2 and 2
2. 5 and 2.5
3. 3 and 3
4. 4 and 4
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15301)
A square element of a structural part is subjected to biaxial stresses as shown in the figure. On a
plane along BD, the intensity of the resultant stress due to these conditions will be[IES 2016-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15127)
A cubical element of a structural part made of mild steel is subjected to a tri-axial compressive
stress as shown in the figure. The vertical compressive stress is σ1. The Modulus of Elasticity and
Poisson’s Ratio are E and µ, respectively. What should be the uniform lateral pressure σ2 in terms
of σ2 and µ, so that lateral strain is prevented?[IES 2015-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15107)
The biaxial stress system in an element is shown in the figure. Which of the following will give
the normal stress in N/mm2 in the plane BD making an angle of 45° with the plane BA? [IES
2015-1]
(a) 25
(b) 20
(c) 15
(d) 10
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15106)
An electrical resistance strain rosette indicates strains of -400, +800 and +500 along the x, y and
45° axes. What is the shearing strain γxy? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 100
(b) 800
(c) 600
(d) -200
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15084)
The state of stress at a point in 2-D stress system is characterized by direct stresses of 40 MPa
compressive and 80 MPa tensile, on mutually perpendicular planes. Shear stress is absent on
these planes. The maximum shear stress at this point (along a duly identified plane) is[[IES
2015-1]
(a) 20 MPa
(b) 40 MPa
(c) 60 MPa
(d) 80 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15080)
The state of stress on an element in plane stress is shown as in the figure.

What is the value of a if the values of the principal stresses are 164 N/mm2 and 36 N/mm2, both
tensile? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 100 N/mm2
(b) 75 N/mm2
(c) 62.5 N/mm2
(d) 50 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15077)
A mild steel bar is subjected to an axial force P, resulting in an axial stress σx = 100 N/mm2. .What
would be the normal stress σn on a plane n-n making an angle θ= 45° with its axis? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 25 N/mm2
(b) 40 N/mm2
(c) 50 N/mm2
(d)100 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14310)
A compound bar consists of two bars of equal length. Steel bar cross-section is 3500 mm2 and
that of brass bar is 3000 mm2. These are subjected to a compressive load 100,000 N. If Eb=0.2
MN/mm2 and Eb=0.1 MN/mm2, the stresses developed are [SSC JE 23-01-2018 AN]
1)σb= 10 N/mm2, σs=20 N/mm2
2) σb =8 N/mm2, σs =16 N/mm2
3) σb =6 N/mm2, σs =12 N/mm2
4) σb =5 N/mm2, σs =10 N/mm2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13914)
Two triangular wedges are glued together as shown in the following figure. The stress acting
normal to the interface, σn is __________ MPa. [GATE 2015 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 13869)
if an element of a stressed body is in a state of pure shear with a magnitude of 80 N/mm2,the

magnitude of maximum principal stress at that location is [GATE-99]
A.80 N/mm2
B.113.14 N/mm2
C.120 N/mm2
D.56.57 N/mm2
Correct Answer :
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13791)
If principal stresses in a two-dimensional case are – 10MPa and 20 MPa respectively, then
maximum shear stress at the point is (GATE-05)
(a)10 MPa
(b)15 MPa
(c) 20 MPa
(d) 30 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13458)
In a material under a state of plane strain, a 10 ×10 mm square centered at a point gets deformed
as shown in the figure. (GATE 2017 AN)
ifthe shear strain at this point is expressed as 0.001 k (in rad) the value of k is
A.0.50
B.0.25
C-0.25
D.-0.50
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13358)
For the state of stress (in Mpa) shown in the figure below, maximum principle stress is 10 Mpa. :
[GATE 2016 AN]
The maximum shear stress τ is? (2016 set 2)
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 12247)
An 8 m long simply-supported elastic beam of rectangular cross-section (100 mm × 200 mm) is

subjected to a uniformly distributed load of 10 kN/m over its entire span. The maximum
principal stress (in MPa, up to two decimal places) at a point located at the extreme compression
edge of a cross-section and at 2 m from the support is ______ (GATE 2018 AN)
 Related Exams
 More
Q 12185)
A plate in equilibrium is subjected to uniform stresses along its edges with magnitude
σxx =30 MPa and σyy=50MPa as shown in figure (GATE 2018 FN)
The young's modulus of the material is 2 x 1011 N/mm2 and the poisson's ratio is 0.3 if σzz is
negligibly small and assumed to be zero .Then the strain is
A.-120 x10-6
B.-60 x10-6
C.0.0
D.120 x10-6
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11881)
The ratio of tangential and normal components of a stress on an inclined plane through θ° to the
direction of the force is__[SSC JE 02-03-2017 FN]
1)sinθ
2)cosθ
3)tanθ
4)cosθ
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11754)
a brittle material of 4 sq.m cross section carries an axial tensile load of 20 tonnes .what will be
the maximum shear stress in the block? [SSC JE 01-03-2017 FN]
A.1250 kg/cm2
B.1000 kg/cm2
C.500 kg/cm2
D.none of these
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10750)
A steel plate is subject to tensile stresses of 800 and 500 Ksc at right angles to each other. The
normal stress in Ksc on a plane inclined at 60 degrees to the 800 Ksc stress would be [APPSC
AEE 1987]
1.600
2.360
3.840
4.725
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10748)
In boiler plate the principal stresses across two perpendicular planes are 600 Ksc and 300 Ksc
both tensile., Poisson's ratio is 0.3. The stress in Ksc, which acting alone would produce the same
maximum strain is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.510
2.430
3.620
4.300
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10737)
An element has a tensile stress of 6000 Ksc and compressive stress of 4000 Ksc acting on two
mutually perpendicular planes, and two equal shear stresses of 1,000 Ksc on these planes the
maximum (tensile) principal stress would be, in Ksc [APPSC AEE 1987]
1.5,200
2.4,125
3.8,600
4.6,095
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10675)
In a strained material the normal stress on one plane is 10 T/cm2 tensile and the shear stress is 5
T/cm2. On a plane perpendicular to this plane there is only shear stress. The centre for Mohr's
circle. [APPSC AEE 1984]
1. coincides with the origin

2. Is at a distance representing 10 T/cm2 on the positive side of the axis representing tensile stress
3. Is at a distance representing 5 T/cm2 on the positive side of the axis representing tensile stress
4. at a distance representing 5√5 T/cm2 on the positive side of the axis representing tensile stress
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10674)
In a strained material the state of stress is a pure shear stress and the stress is 52. The principal
stresses are[APPSC AEE 1984]
1. Both are equal to of the same nature and acts on planes inclined at 45° to the planes of shear
stress
2. One is 5 T/cm2 tensile and the other 5 T/cm2 compressive acting on planes inclined at 45° to the
planes of shear stress
3. One is 5 T/cm2 tensile or compressive and the other is zero on planes inclined at 45° to the
planes of shear stress
4. Both are equal to 5√2 T/cm2 and of same nature acting on planes inclined at 45° to the planes of
shear stress
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10673)
At a point in a strained material the normal stresses on two mutually perpendicular planes are
both tensile and they are equal to 10 T/cm2. The stresses on a plane inclined at an angle of 30o to
one of the planes ate[APPSC AEE 1984]
1. 10 T/cm2 tensile and as shear stress of 10 T/cm

2. Only shear stress of 10 T/cm
3. Only normal stress of 10 T/cm
4. A normal stress of 5√3 T/cm2 and a shear stress 5 T/cm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10472)
At a point in a strained material, if two mutually perpendicular tensile stresses of 2000

kg/cm2 and 1000 kg/cm2 are acting, then the intensity tensile stress on a plane inclined at 15o to
the axis of the minor stress will be_________ . [SSC JE 01-03-2017 AN]
1) 125 kg/cm2
2) 250 kg/cm2
3) 500 kg/cm2
4) 1000 kg/cm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9873)
To measure ___________strain, strain rosettes are used[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]

(1)Linear
(2)Shear
(3) Volumetric
(4) Any of the above
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9849)
A solid circular shaft is subjected to a maximum shearing stress of 140 MPa. The magnitude of
the maximum normal stress developed in the shaft is[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
a) 140 Mpa
b) 80 MPa
c) 70 MPa
d) 60 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9827)
A plane stressed element is subjected to the state of stress given by σx = τxy = 100 kgf/cm2 and σ =
0. Maximum shear stress in the clement is equal to [ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9303)
A body is subjected to two normal stresses 20 kN/m2 (tensile) and 10 kN/m2 (compressive) acting

mutually perpendicular to each other. The maximum shear stress is[APPSC AEE 2012]
1) 30 kN/m2
2) 5 kN/m2
3) 15 kN/m2
4) 10kN/m2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8617)
The radius of Mohr’s circle of stress is 35 MPa and minor principle stress is -20 MPa.[TSPSC
AEE 2017]
The major principle stress is
(l) 15 MPa
(2)50 MPa
(3) 60 MPa
(4)95 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8456)
At a point in elastic medium normal stresses in two mutually perpendicular directions are 120
MPa, 40 MPa (both tensile) associated with a tangential stress of 30 MPa. The principal stresses
at the location are
[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2015] .
(1) 120 MPa, 40 MPa (both tensile)
(2) 130 MPa, 30 MPa (both tensile)
(3) 130 MPa, 30 MPa (both compressive)
(4) 130 MPa (tensile), 30 MPa (compressive)
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5607)
For the state of stress (in Mpa) shown in the figure below,the maximum shear stress (in Mpa) is
__[GATE-14 AN]
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5606)
The state of 2D-Stress at a point is given by the following matrix of stresses.
What is the magnitude of maximum shear stress in MPa?[GATE 2013]

(a)50
(b)75
(c) 100
(d) 110
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5605)
If the principal stresses in a two –dimensional case are (-) 10 Mpa and respectively ,then
maximum shear stress at the point is
(a)10 Mpa
(b)15 Mpa
(c)20 MPa
(d)30 Mpa
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5604)
in a two dimensional analysis ,the state of stress at a point is shown below. (GATE-04)

AB=4
BC=3
AC=5
If σ=120MPa and τxy= 70 Mpa ,σx and σy are respectively

(a) 26.7 Mpa and 172.5 Mpa
(b)54 Mpa and 128 Mpa
(c)67.5 Mpa and 213.3 Mpa
(d)16 MPa and 138 Mpa
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5603)
The state of two dimensional stresses acting on a concrete lamina consists of a direct tensile
stress,σx=1.5N/mm2, and shear stress,τ=1.20N/mm2 ,which cause cracking of concrete .Then
tensile strength of the concrete in N/mm2 (IES 2014-1)[GATE-03]
(a) 1.50
(b)2.08
(c)2.17
(d)2.29
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5601)
The magnitude of the only shear stresses acting at a point in plane stress situation is
7.5N/mm2.The magnitudes of the principle stresses will be: (GATE-90)
(a) +15 N/mm2 and -7.5 N/mm2
(b) +7.5 N/mm2 and -15.0 N/mm2
(c) +7.5 N/mm2 and -7.5 N/mm2
(d) +10 N/mm2 and -7.5 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5597)
A small element at the critical section of component is in a bi-axial state of stress with the two
prinicipal stresses being 360MPa and 140MPa .The maximum shear stress is (GATE-97)
(a)220 MPa
(b)110 MPa
(c)314 MPa
(d)330 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5596)
The major and minor principal stresses at a point are 3MPa and -3 Mpa respectively .the
maximum shear stress at the point is (GATE-10)
(a) Zero
(b)3MPa
(c)6 Mpa
(d)9MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5594)
An axially loaded bar is subjected to a normal stress of 173 MPA .The shear stress in the bar
is (GATE-07)
(a)75 MPa
(b)86.5 MPa
(c)100MPa
(d)122.3MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5485)
At a point in the web of a grider, the bending and the shearing stresses are 90N/mm 2 (tensile) and
45 N/mm 2 respectively. The principal stresses are[IES 2014-1]
a) 108.64 N/mm 2 (tensile) and 18.64 N/mm 2 (compressive)
b) 107.60 N/mm 2 (compressive) and 18.64 N/mm 2(tensile)
c) 108.64 N/mm 2compressive) and 18.64 N/mm 2 (tensile)
d) 0.64 N/mm 2(tensile) and 0.78 N/mm 2 (compressive)
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5484)
An element of a certain material in plane strain has[IES 2014-1]
what is the maximum shearing strain?

a) 150 x 10 -6
b) 355 x 10 -6
c) 250 x 10 -6
d) 500 x 10 -6
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5482)
Two – dimensional stress system on a block made of a material with Poisson's ratio 0.3 is shown
in the figure[IES 2014-1]
The limiting magnitude of the stress σ so as to result in no change in length AB of the block is
a) 60 N/mm 2
b) 120 N/mm 2
c) 200 N/mm 2
d) 240 N/mm 2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5255)
A rectangular bar of cross sectional area A is subjected to an axial tensile load P. The maximum
shear stress will occur on a plane at X° to any normal cross- section where x° is[IES 2013-1]
(a) 90°
(b) 270°
(c) 180°
(d) 45°
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5251)
A mild steel bar of square cross-section has a sectional area 200 mm 2 . It is.subjected to an axial
force of 20 kN as shown in the above figure. The intensity of the normal tensile stress is
N/mm 2 on the oblique plane 1-1 at 45 o with the YY- axis which is normal to the longitudinal axis
will be[IES 2013-1]
(a) 25
(b) 50
(c) 75
(d) 100
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 5244)
The principal stresses in N/mm 2 on a rectangular element are shown in the above figure. The
intensity of normal stress on the oblique plane BE is[IES 2013-1]
(a) 125 N / mm 2
(b) 425 N /mm 2
(c) 375 N/mm 2
(d) 250 N/mm 2
Not matching to the options
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4908)
In a strained material, the principal stresses in the X and Y respectively are 100 N/mm 2 (Tensile)
and 60 N/mm 2 (Compressive). On an inclined plane, the normal to which makes an angle of
30 0 to the X-axis, the major principal stress, in N/mm 2 , would be[IES 2011-1]
a) 60
b) 80
c) 20
d) 40
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4754)
A point in two-dimensional stress state subjected to biaxial stress is shown in figure what is the
normal stress acting on the plane AB?[IES 2010-1]
a) Zero
b) σ
c) σ cos 2 θ
d) σ sinθ .cosθ
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4746)
A square element is subjected to principal stresses in N/mm 2 as in figure.The intensity of normal

stress σ n on plane BD is[IES 2010-1]
a) 200
b) 100
c) 200
d) 0
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4726)
A two-dimensional stress system has like stresses σ x = 100 N/mm 2 and σ y = 200 N/mm 2 in two
mutually perpendicular directions. The x,y co-ordinates of the centre of the Mohr’s circle
are[IES 2010-1]
a) (0,150)
b) (150,0)
c) (-50,0)
d) (50,0)
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4477)
Figure shows a state of plane stress. If the minimum principal stress is – 7MN/m 2 then what is
the value of σ x ?[IES 2009-1]
a) 307MN/m 2
b) 687MN/m 2
c) 987MN/m 2
d) 105 7MN/m 2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4474)
At a point in a piece of stressed material the stress are:[IES 2009-1]

σ x = α KN/m 2 tensile (normal)
τ xy = τ yx = β KN/m 2 (shearing)
Although the values of α and β are not known yet the principal stresses are equal to each other
being (5 kN/m 2 ). What is the radius of Mohr’s circle?
a) 2.5 + (α + β )
b) 2.5 +
c) 0
d) 2.5
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4270)
In a plane strain situation in xy plane, the displacements at a point are given as:[IES 2008-1]
u = (-2x + 8y) x 10 -6 unit.
v = (-3x + 5y) x 10 -6 unit
What is the shearing strain?
a. 9 x 10 -6
b. 7 x 10 -6
c. 5 x 10 -6
d. 3 x 10 -6
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4269)
What is the diameter of Mohr’s circle of stress for the state of stress shown above?[IES 2008-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4037)
In a strained material, the principal stresses in the x and y directions are 100 N/mm 2 (tensile) and
60 N/mm 2 (compressive). On an inclined plane, the normal to which makes an angle 30° to the
x- axis, what is the tangential stress in N/mm2?[IES 2007-1]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4036)
What is the angle between principal strain axis and maximum shear strain axis?[IES 2007-1]
a. 0 0
b. 30 0
c. 45 0
d. 90 0
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4031)
An element is subjected to stress as given above For this state of stress, what is the maximum
shear stress ?[IES 2007-1]
a. 2.5 MPa
b. 5 MPa
c. 10 MPa
d. 15 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3762)
If the maximum principal stress for an element under bi—axial stress situation is 100 MPa
(tensile) and the maximum shear stress is also 100 MPa, then what is the other principal stress?
[IES 2006-1]
a. 200 MPa (tensile)
b. 200 MPa (compressive)
c. 100 MPa (compressive)
d. 0
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3760)
The Mohr’s circle given above corresponds to which one of the following stress conditions[IES
2006-1]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3523)
In a plane strain problem in xy plane, the shear strain = 12 x 10–6, and the normal strain In x and y
direction = 0. For this state of strain, what is the diameter of the Mohr’s Circle of strain?[IES
2005-1]
a. 6 x 10–6
b. 8 x 10–6
c. 12 x 10–6
d. 24 x 10 –6
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3522)
At a certain point in a strained material, there are two mutually perpendicular stresses σ x = 100
N/mm 2 (Tensile) and σ x = 50 N/mm 2 (Compressive). [Notation : Tension (+); Compression (–) ]
What are the values of the principal stresses in N/mm 2 at that point?[IES 2005-1]
a. 100, –50
b. –100, 50
c. 75, –25
d. –75, 25
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3521)
For a state of plane stress σ 1 = σ x = 40 MPa, and σ 2 = σ y = 2OMPa. What are the values of the
maximum in-plane shearing stress and absolute maximum shearing stress?[IES 2005-1]
a. (± 10, 20)MPa
b. (±10, 10)MPa
c. (± 20, 10) MPa
d. (± 20, 20) MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3369)
σx, σy and τxy are normal and shear stresses on the x and y faces. What is the radius of Mohr’s
circle in terms of their stresses?[IES 2004-1]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3289)
A thin rod of 10 mm diameter is subjected to a tensile force of 7850 N. What are the principal
stresses and maximum shear stress ?[IES 2004-1]
a. 70MPa, 50 MPa, 10 MPa
b. 100 MPa, Zero, 50 MPa
c. 100 MPa, 50 MPa, 25 MPa
d. 100 MPa, Zero, Zero
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3288)
For a case of plane stress,σx = 40 MN/m2,σy = 0,σxy = 80 MN/m2,. What are the principal stresses
and their orientation with x and y axes ?[IES 2004-1]
a. σ1 = 80 MN/m2, , σ2 = 40 MN/m2, ,θ1= 30 o
b. σ1 = 100 MN/m2, , σ2 = –60 MN/m2, ,θ1 = 32 o
c. σ1 =102.5 MN/m2, ,σ2 = –62.5 MN/m2, ,θ1 = 36 o
d. σ1 = 105 MN/m2, ,σ2 = 62 MN/m2, ,θ1 = 36 o
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3287)
In a plane strain case in the xy plane, normal strain in x and y directions are equal to zero and
shear strain is equal to 3x10 -6 . What is the value of diameter of Mohr’s circle of strain for these
strain values ?[IES 2004-1]
a. 6 x 10 -6
b. 3x 10 -6
c. 1.5x10 -6
d. Zero
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3286)
In a plane strain condition in the xy plane, the strain components associated with xy axes are σx =
800x 10 -6, σy= 100 x 10 -6 ,σxy = –800x 10– -6. What are the principal strains for these strain values ?
[IES 2004-1]
a. 981 x 10 -6 , –81 x 10 -6
b. 891 x 10 -6 , –18 x 10 -6
c. 881 x 10 -6 , 71 x 10 -6
d. 839 x 10 -6 , –81 x 10 -6
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3285)
A thin wooden plate PQRS is made by gluing two pieces of wood along PR as shown in the
above diagram. If σx = —30 Mpa, σy = 10 MPa and σxy =0, then what is the normal stress on the
surface PR?[IES 2004-1]
a. —10 MPa
b. —20 MPa
c. 110 MPa
d. 20 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3284)
In a piece of stressed material, the principal stress are σ1 = 3.0 kN/m2 tensile and σ2 = 7.0
kN/m2 compressive as shown in the above diagram. The line of action of the tensile stress makes
an angle θ = 30° to the normal to the plane AB. What is the normal stress σn ?[IES 2004-1]
a. + 0.5 kN/m2
b. — 1.5 kN/m2
c. + 2.0 kN/m2
d. — 2.5 kN/m2
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3283)
For the plane stress situation shown in the above diagram, what is the maximum shear stress ?
[IES 2004-1]
a. Zero, when X and Y axes are rotated 45° clockwise
b. Zero, at all positions of orientation of X and Y axes
c. 20 MPa, at all positions of orientation of X and Y axes
d. —20 MPa, when X and Y axes are rotated 45° anticlockwise.
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3175)
In the Mohr’s circle for strains, radius of Mohr’s circle givens the[IES 2003-1]
a. Minimum value of normal strain
b. Maximum value of normal strain
c. Maximum value of shear stain
d. Half of maximum value of shear strain
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3174)
If the principal stresses at a point in a stressed body are 150 kN/m2 tensile and 50
kN/m2 compressive, then maximum shear stress at this point will be[IES 2003-1]
a. 100 kN/m2
b. 150 kN/m2
c. 200 kN/m2
d. 250 kN/m2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3173)
The above figure shows the stress condition of an element. The principal stresses are[IES 2003-
1]
a. ± 2τ
b. ±τ/2
c. ±τ
d. ± 2τ/3
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2806)
A bar of square cross- section, having an area of cross-section ‘A’ is subjected to a compressive
force ‘P’ as shown in the figure
The intensity of the tangential stress on the oblique plane is given by[IES 2002-1]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2635)
In a two dimensional stress system, the two principal stresses are σ1 of 180 N/mm2 (tensile) and
σ2 (compressive). For the material, yield stress in simple tension and compression is 240
N/mm2 and Poisson ratio is 0.25. According to maximum normal strain theory, the value σ2 of at
which yielding will commence, is[IES 2001-1]
a. 240 N/mm2
b. 180 N/mm2
c. 195 N/mm2
d. 200 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2626)
A short hollow CI column section ‘A’ is 150 cm 2 and the section modulus Z =
10x10 5 mm 3 carries[IES 2001-1]
(i)an axial load of 250 kN, and
(ii) a load of 50 kN on a bracket, the load line being 500 mm from the axis of column.
The maximum and minimum stress intensities are
a. 50 N/mm 2tensile and 10 N/mm 2 compressive
b. 45 N/mm 2 compressive and 5 N/mm 2 tensile
c. 55 N/ mm 2 compressive and 5 N/ mm 2 tensile
d. 60 N/ mm 2tensile and 10 N/ mm 2 compressive
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2413)
If a prismatic member having area of cross-section ‘A’ is subjected to a tensile load ‘P’, then the
maximum shear stress and its inclination with the direction of load will be[IES 2000-1]
a. P/A and 45 0
b. 2P /A and 45 0
c. P/2A and 45 0
d. P/A and 60 0
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33985)
A square plate O-P-Q-R of a linear elastic material with sides 1.0 m is loaded in a state of plane
stress. Under a given stress condition, the plate deforms to a new configuration O-P’-Q’-R’ as
shown in the figure (not to scale). Under the given deformation, the edges of the plate remain
straight.
The horizontal displacement of the point (0.5 m, 0.5 m) in the plate O-P-Q-R (in mm, round off
to one decimal place) is _______[GATE 2021 FN]
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33407)
The stretch in a steel rod of circular cross-section having a length ‘L’ subjected to a tensile load
‘P’ and tapering uniformly from a diameter d1, at one end to a diameter d2 at the other end, is
given by[APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2016 PRELIMS]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33405)
A steel rod of cross-section area equal to 1000 mm2 is 5 m long. If a pull of 100 kN is suddenly
applied to it, then the maximum stress intensity will be[APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2016
PRELIMS]
(1) 50 N/mm2
(2) 100N/mm2
(3) 200 N/mm2
(4) 400 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33385)
The Young’s modulus of a material is 125 GPa and Poisson’s ratio is 0.25. The modulus of
rigidity of a material is[APPSC AE SUBORDINATE 2016 PRELIMS]
(1) 30 GPa
(2) 50 GPa
(3) 80 GPa
(4) 100 GPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33113)
What is the coefficient of volume change (using change in void ratio method) for pressure range
100 kN/m2 to 200 kN/m2? (Consider =100 kN/m2 = 1.121, = 200 kN/m2 , = 0.964, , = 100
kN/m2 and = -0.157)[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 0.25 m2/MN
(b) 0.48 m2/MN
(c) 0.69 m2/MN
(d) 0.74 m2/MN
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33092)
A 2 m long alloy bar of 1500 mm2 corss-sectional area hangs vertically and has a collar securely
fixed at its lower end. What is the stress induced in the bar when a weight of 2 kN falls from a
height of 100 mm on the collar? (Take E = 120 GPa)[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 126.5 MPa
(b) 158.3 MPa
(c) 161.2 MPa
(d) 181.3 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 33091)
A central steel rod 18 mm diameter passes through a copper sleeve with 24 mm inside and 39
mm outside diameter. It is provided with nuts are tightened until a stress of 10 N/mm2 is set up in
the steel. Then, the stress developed in copper tube is[ESE Prelims 2021]
(a) 29.1 N/mm2, Compressive
(b) 3.4 N/mm2, Compressive
(c) 3.4 N/mm2, Tensile
(d) 29.1 N/mm2, Tensile
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32975)
A rectangular steel bar, which is of 2.8 m long and 15 mm thick, is subjected to an axial tensile
load of 40 kN. If width of the bar varies from 75 mm at one end to 30 mm at the other end, then
what is the extension of the bar if E = 2*106 N/mm2 (DFCIL_EXECUTIVE_CIVIL_2018)
1. 0.86 mm
2. 0.36 mm
3. 0.76 mm
4. 0.50 mm
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32872)
A 10 m aluminum flagpole is installed at 30°C. After 2 days, the temperature drops to -10°C.
How much does the height change of the flagpole (in mm)? (Assume thermal expansion
coefficient for aluminum = 23 x 10-6 oC-1) [DFCCIL 2016]
A.7.8 mm
B.8.8 mm
C.9.5 mm
D.9.2mm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32857)
A 10 inch long silver wire is stretched to a total length of 11.50 inches. Find the value of
strain. [DFCCIL 2016]
A.0.015
B.0.15
C.0.25
D.0.025
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32856)
A 58 kN compressive load is applied to a 7 cm diameter. 2 cm tall, aluminium cylinder.

Calculate value of stress in MPa. [DFCCIL 2016]
A.20.80 MPa
B.16.50 MPa
C.15.08 MPa
D.20.08 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32831)
What value of tensile stress is required to produce a strain of 10x10-4 in copper? Find the result in
MPa. (Assume Young's modulus of copper = 50 GPa) [DFCCIL 2016]
1. 150 MPa
2. 50 MPa
3. 200 MPa
4. 500 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32781)
When a mild steel specimen falls in a torsion test fracture looks like
Correct Answer : option A-option A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32763)
a 40 mm dia central hole is bored out of a steel rod of 100 mm dia and length 4m .For a given
rod ,the stress in the bar because of this operation
A.Increases
B.Decreases
C.Remains Constant
D.None
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32762)
a wire hangs vertically under its own weight.Specific weight of the wire material is 100
kN/m3and maximum permissible tensile stress is 100 N/mm2.the greatest length that can be
hungis [AE CE/MECH 2007]
A.10 mm
B.100 mm
C.1000 m
D.10 km
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32720)
in a bar of large length when held vertically and subjected to a load at its lower end,its own
weight produces additional stress.the maximum stress will be
A.at the lower c/s
B.at the build in upper c/s
C/at the central c/s
D.at every point of the bar
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32719)
if all the dimensions of a bars are increased in proportion n:1 ,the proportion with which the
maximum stress produced in the prismatic bar by its own weight ,will increase in the ratio?
Ans: n times
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32261)
Find out the wrong statement from the followings: [OPSC AEE 2019 PAPER-1]
(a) the elastic section modulus of a section doesn’t affect shape factor
(b) the shape factor represents is a foundation of the cross-sectional shape
(c) the shape factor represents the increase of strength due to plasticization
(d) the shape factor of a section is a measure of reverse strength available in the section after
initial yielding
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 32260)
A flitched beam consists of a wooden joist 150 mm wide and 300 mm deep strengthened by steel
plates 10 mm thick and 300 mm deep one on either side of the joist. If modulus of elasticity of
steel is 20 times that of wood, then the width of equivalent wooden section will be [OPSC AEE
2019 PAPER-1]
(a) 150 mm
(b) 350 mm
(c) 500 mm
(d) 550 mm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31438)
A rod is 2 m long at a temperature of 100 C and temperature is raised to 80o C. If expansion is

prevented, find the stress induced in the material of the rod. Take E = 1.0 105 MN/m2 and per
degree centigrade[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2020]
1. 84 N/mm2
2. 96 N/mm2
3. 84 MN/mm2
4. 84 N/cm2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31436)
For a given material, Young’s modulus is 1.5 × 105 N/mm2 and Poisson’s ratio is ¼. Calculate the
bulk modulus[TSPSC HMWS&SB 2020]
1. 0.5 × 105 N/mm2
2. 1 × 105 N/mm2
3. 0.8 × 105 N/mm2
4. 1 × 105 N/cm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31304)
For the cantilever beam as shown in figure the cross sectional area of the steel,aluminium and
brass part is 500 mm2 ,400 mm2 and 200 mm2 respectively .the maximum value of P that will not
exceed a stress in steel of 140 MPa,in aluminium of 90 MPa or in brass of 100 MPa is
A.25 kN
B.36 kN
C.14 kN
D.10 kN
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31296)
A steel bar ABC is placed on a smooth horizontal table is fixed at its left end A as shown in the
figure,its right end c is 1 mm away from another support D.A load of 65 kN is applied axially at
the cros section b and acts from left to right .AB is 1 cm in diameter and 1.5 m long and BC is 2
cm in diameter and 2.5 m long young’s modulus E=20 x106 N/cm2.The stress in portion BC will
be
A.123 N/mm2
B.228 N/mm2
C.308 N/mm2
D.417 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31194)
A round bar length l, elastic modulus E and poisson’s ratio is subjected to an axial pull μ , is
subjected to an axial pull p. What would be the change in volume of the bar [TSPSC AEE
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31193)
A heavy uniform rod of length L and material density is hung vertically with its top end rigidity
fixed. How is the total elongation of the bar under its own weight expressed [TSPSC AEE
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31192)
A steel rod of diameter 10 mm and 1 m long is heated from 20oC to 120oC. Its = 12 10-6 per oC
and E = 200 GPa. If the rod is not free to expand, thermal stress developed on it is[TSPSC AEE
1. 120 MPa (tensile)

2. 240 MPa (tensile)
3. 120 MPa (comp)
4. 240 MPa (comp)
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31191)
A steel rod of diameter 1 cm and 1 m long is heated from 200oC to 1200oC. Its = 12 10-6 /K and E
= 200 GN/m2. If the rod is free to expand, thermal stress developed on it is[TSPSC AEE Tribal
Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 12 103 N/m2
2. 240 kN/m2
3. zero
4. infinite
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31190)
If a block of material of length 25 cm, breadth 10 cm and height 5 cm undergoes volumetric

strain of 1/5000 then change in volume will be[TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech
2017]
1. 0.50 cm3
2. 0.25 cm3
3. 020 cm3
4. 0.75 cm3
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31054)
Modulus of elasticity and Poisson’s ration of a material are 2.1 105 Nmm2 and 0.25 respectively.
What is the value of modulus of rigidity of the same material in 105N/mm2? [TSPSC AEE
1. 0.84
2. 0.70
3. 1.40
4. 0.50
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31045)
A 2m long rod of diameter 2 mm is subjected to an axial pull of 12 kN. The rod is extended by
0.5 cm. What is the approximate value of the modulus of elasticity of the material of the
rod? [TSPSC AEE Tribal Welfare Civil&Mech 2017]
1. 12 GPa
2. 180 GPa
3. 125 GPa
4. 200 GPa
Given data is wrong
 Related Exams
 More
Q 31039)
find the temperature stress developed on a road of 20 m long when the strain is controlled for
1/4000. The value of E = 2× 105 N/mm2 [Engineering Assistant GR-II 2014]
(a) 48 N/mm2
(b) 55 N/mm2
(c) 50 N/mm2
(d) 1000 N/mm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30944)
a steel wire of 5 mm diameter is bend into a circular shape of 5 m radius. Youngs modulus E =
200 GPa. The maximum stress in the wire is [SITE ENGINEER GR-II KSFDC LTD 2015]
(a) 100 N/mm2
(b) 1000 N/mm2
(c) 10 N/mm2
(d) 1 N/mm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30930)
a pull of 250 t is suddenly applied to a rod of cross-sectional area 40 cm2. The stress produced in
the rod is equal to [SITE ENGINEER GR-II KSFDC LTD 2015]
(a) 0.5 t/cm2
(b) 1.0 t/cm2
(c) 2.0 t/cm2
(d) 4 t/cm2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30912)
if the poisons ratio of a material I s0.25, the ratio of modulus of rigidity to the youngs modulus
is [SITE ENGINEER GR-II KSFDC LTD 2015]
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 2.5
(d) 0.4
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30652)
the poisons ratio of a material is 0.3 and youngs modulus is 200 GPa. Its rigidity modulus
is (kpsc AE archaeology/head draftsman-2015)
(a) 77 GPa
(b) 51 GPa
(c) 125 GPa
(d) 333 GPa
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30307)
a 20 mm dia central hole is bored out of a steel rod of 50 mm dia and length 2m .For a given load
,the stress in the bar because of this operation
A.Increases
B.Decreases
C.Remains Constant
D.None
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30258)
A rod of 40 mm diameter, 5 m long is stressed with 47.476 N/mm2 is subjected to a gradual

tensile load. Strain energy absorbed by the rod is equal to _______ N-m. Given modulus of
elasticity of the material of the bar as 2 × 105 N/mm2. (KPSC JE 2016)
(1) 35.81
(2) 19.76
(3) 12.9
(4) 55.43
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 30257)
A steel bar is 4 m long, 30 mm wide, 20 mm thick is subjected to an axial pull of 30 kN in the

direction of its length. Given modulus of elasticity of the material of the bar as 2 × 105 N/mm2,
Poisson’s ratio is 0.3. The lateral strain is _______.(KPSC JE 2016)
(1) 0.000432
(2) 0.000162
(3) 0
(4) 0.000075
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29658)
The bar of dia 30 mm is subjected to a tensile load such that the measured extension on a gauge
length of 200 mm is 0.09 mm and change in dia is 0.0045 mm, the poisson’s ratio will be(MCSE
2016)
(A) 1/4
(B) 13
(C) 1/5
(D) 1/6
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29656)
A solid bar of uniform dia ‘D’ and length ‘L’ is hung vertically from ceiling. If density of
material is ‘p’ and modulus of elasticity is ‘E’, then the total elongation of the bar due to it’s own
weight is(MCSE 2016)
(A)pL/2E
(B)pL2/2E
(C)pE/2L
(D)pE/2L2
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29292)
If the temperature of a rod of length L is increased by T°C, whose coefficient of linear expansion
is a and Young’s modulus is E, then free expansion of the rod due to increase in temperature is
given by which of the following expressions ? [KARNATAKA PSC AE 2017]
(1)αTE2L
(2) αT/L
(3) αT/E
(4) None of the above
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 29017)
A bar of 300 mm diameter and 1.5 m long is subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 100 MPa.The
volumetric strain when k= 0.667 x 105 N/mm2 is
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28898)
A prismatic bar of volume ‘V’’ is subjected to a compressive force in the longitudinal

direction.If the Poisson’s ratio of the material of the bar is μ and the longitudinal strain ‘é’ then
the final volume of the bar will be [IES 1993]
1. (1+e)(1- μ)2 V
2. (1-e2)(1+ μe) V
3. (1+e)(1+ μe)2 V
4. (1-e)(1+μe)2 V
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28239)
A rectangular bar having cross-section A, length L, modulus of elasticity E and Poissons ratio
1/m, is subjected to axial pull of P, the volumetric strain will be given by [RPSC AE 2016]
(a) PL/AE (1-2/m)
(b) P/AE (1-2/m)
(c) PL/AE (1-1/m)
(d) P/AE (1-1/m)
 Related Exams
 More
Q 28022)
A circular bar is subjected to an axial force and shear force, the difference between two principle
stresses is 120 MPa. Based on maximum shear stress theory what is the factor of safety, if elastic
limit of the bar is 300 MPa[TNEB AE 2018]
1. 0.5
2. 2
3. 2.5
4. 3
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27739)
Choose the correct relation between modulus of elasticity (E), modulus of rigidity (G) and bulk
modulus (K) from the following options[MPSC ESE 2018-1]
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27544)
A steel bar ABC of uniform cross-section 100 mm2 is suspended vertically and loaded as shown
in the figure. If the lower end of bar C does not move when loads are applied (neglect self-
weight), then the value of force P is (Es = 200 kN/mm2) [MPSC ESE 2017-1]
1. 24 kN
2. 42 kN
3. 36 kN
4. 15 kN
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27268)
Two rods of different materials having coefficient of linear expansion α1, α2 and young’s modulus
E1, E2 respectively are fixed between to massive walls, The rods are heated such that they
undergo the same increase in temperature. There is no bending of the rods. If α1 : α2 = 2 : 3, the
thermal stresses are equal, what is the ratio of E1 to E2[MPSC ESE 2016-1]
1. 2:3
2. 1:1
3. 3:2
4. 4:9
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27265)
In an experiment it is found that the bulk modulus of a material is equal to its shear modulus then
the poisson’s ratio is[MPSC ESE 2016-1]
1. 0.125
2. 0.250
3. 0.375
4. 0.500
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 27069)
Two bars of the same size but of different material are subjected to the same tensile force. If the
bars have their axial elongation in the ratio of 2:3, the ratio of modulus of elasticity of the two
materials will be[MPSC ESE 2013-1]
1. 2:3
2. 3:2
3. 6:4
4. 4:10
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26872)
Calculate the maximum stress acting on the cross section of following element[MPSC ESE
2012-1]
Take P1 = 45 kN, P2 = 445 kN and P4 = 130 kN
1. 20 N/mm2
2. 22.5 N/mm2
3. 28.75 N/mm2
4. 6.5 N/mm2
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26667)
For a material, the modulus of Rigidity is 100 GPa and Poisson’s ratio is 0.25. The value of
elastic modulus in GPa is[TNPSC AE 2019]
1. 100
2. 150
3. 200
4. 250
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26609)
In the bar shown below the force in the part AC is[TRB PL 2012]
1. 600/7 KN
2. 300/7 KN
3. 450/7 KN
4. 100 KN
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26606)
A bar of cross sectional area 2 cm2 and length 100 cm fixed to rigid supports at both ends at a
temperature of 25oC. The bar is subjected to an increases in temperature of 30oC. If the
coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the material is 10 × 10-6 /oC and Young’s modulus 2 ×
105 N/mm2 the stress in the bar is[TRB PL 2012]
1. 10 N/mm2 comp
2. 20 N/mm2 comp
3. 50 N/mm2 comp
4. 50 N/mm2 tension
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26522)
A square bar of size 20 mm × 20 mm is subjected to direct tensile force. What is the largest
tensile force the bar can sustain if its shear strength is 100 MPa[TRB PL 2012]
1. 100 MPa
2. 50 MPa
3. 200 MPa
4. 150 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26502)
If the poisson’s ratio is 0.3 for a material, the ratio of young modulus to shear modulus is[TRB
PL 2012]
A. 1.3
B. 2.6
C. 3.9
D. 5.2
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26501)
The portion AB is subjected to a force equal to[TRB PL 2012]
1. 200 KN
2. 300 KN
3. 100 KN
4. 400 KN
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 26354)
A square steel rod of 20 mm × 20 mm in section is to carry an axial load of 100 kN.. Calculate
the shortening in a length of 50 mm. E = 2×105N/mm2[TNPSC AE Re-Exam 2019]
A. 1/16 mm
B. 1/20 mm
C. 1/15 mm
D. 1/18 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25933)
a steel rod 15 cm long is at a temperature of 15oC. Find the free expansion of the length when the
temperature is raised to 65oC
Take a = 12× 10-6 loC[TNPSC Arch. Asst.2018]
E = 200 GN/m2
(a) 9 mm (b) 3 mm
(c) 6 mm (d) 8 mm
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25932)
the theoretical maximum value of poisons ratio (μ ) for incompressible substance is[TNPSC
Arch. Asst.2018]
(a) 0.45 (b) 0.50
(c) 0.55 (d) 0.44
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25900)
a metal bar of length 100 mm is inserted between two rigid supports and its temperature is
increased by 10o Celsius. If the coefficient of thermal expansion is 12× 10-6 per degree Celsius
and if the young’s modulus is 200 GPa the stress in the bar is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 1.0 GPa (b) 2.4 GPa
(c) 12 MPa (d) 24 MPa
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25881)
a steel tape of 30 m long has a cross section of 6 mm× 1 mm. if the tape is stretched by a force of
40 N and E = 200 GN/m2, the elongation is[TRB PL 2016]
(a) 10 mm (b) 1 mm
(c) 0.1 mm (d) 2 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25721)
A bar having a cross-sectional are of 700mm2 is subjected to axial loads at the positions
indicated in figure. The value of stress in the segment QR is [TRB PL-2017]
(A) 40 MPa (B) 50 MPa

(C) 70 MPa (D)120 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 25418)
A rigid bar AB is supported by a spring as shown in the diagram below.What is the deflection of
the point B?
A.25 mm B.20 mm
C.15 mm D.10 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24947)
In the composite bar shown in figure due to temperature fall (αc and αs)(supports A and B are
yielding)
A.Both steel and copper in compression

B.both are tension
C.Copper in compression ,steel in tension
D.copper in tension ,steel in compression
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24946)
A composite section shown in the figure below was formed at 200C and was made of two
materials A and B.If the coefficient of thermal expansion of A is greater than that of B and the
composite section is heated to 400C,then A and B will
A.be in tension and compression respectively

B.both be in compression
C.both be in tension
D.be in compression and tension respectively
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24945)
two bars one of material A and the other of material B of same length are tightly secured
between two unyielding walls in series.Coefficient of thermal expansion of bar A is morethan
that of B.When temperature rises the stresses induced are
A.Tension in both the materials
B.tension in material A and compression in material B
C.compression in material A and tension in material B
D.Compression in both materials
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24944)
when a rod of length 150 mm and cross-section of a diameter 10 mm elongates by 3 mm,what is

the reduction in lateral dimension if the poisson's ratio is 0.25?
A.0.1 mm
B.0.3 mm
C.0.15 mm
D.0.05 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24942)
In the given figure,the wires AB and CD made of the same material arre used to suspend a rigid
block to which the gradual load 'W' is applied in such a way that both the wires get stretched by
the same amount .If stresses in wires AB and CD are σ1 and σ2 respectively,then the ratio σ1/
σ2 will be
A.3/2
B.2/3
C.2
D.1/2
Correct Options : D
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 24941)
a steel rod of length 1 m extends by 1 mm when subjected to an axial load in N/mm2 ,the stress
developed is
A.50
B.100
C.200
D.400
Correct Options : C
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 24940)
the ratio of bulk modulus to young's modulus is about

A.less than half
B.Less than one third
C.More than one third
D.No relation at all
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24939)
for structural steel,the relative magnitudes of three modulii of elasticity E,C and K is given by
A.E>C>K
B.K>C>E
C.C<K<E
D.C>E>K
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24937)
if a member is subjected to tensile stress of ’px’,compressive stress of py’ and tensile stress of
pz’along the x,y and z directions respectively,then the resultant strain along the x-direction
would (E is young’s modulus of elasticity ‘μ’is poisson’s ratio)
A. (1/E)( px+μ py-μ pz)

B. (1/E)( px+μ py+μ pz)
C. (1/E)( px-μ py-μ pz)
D. (1/E)( px-μ py-μ pz)
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24936)
A plate of 1 cm thick and 5 cm wide has a rivet hole of diameter 1 cm as shown in figure.it is
subjected to a load of 1000N.The maximum tensile stress in the plate is approximately___MPa
A.2.5 MPa
B.3.5MPa
C.4.7MPa
D.6.3 MPa
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24935)
An elastic bar of length 'l' area of cross section 'A' self weight 'W" is hanging vertically .It is
subjected to an axial compression load of 'W' units at the bottom end.The change in length of bar
is :
A.WL/2AE(extension)
B.WL/2AE(contraction)
C.3WL/2AE(extension)
D.WL/AE(contraction)
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24914)
a rigid, uniform weightless, horizontal bar is connected to three vertical members P,Q and R as
shown in the figure (not drawn to the scale) all three members have identical axial stiffness of 10
kN/mm. the lower ends of bars P and R rest on a rigid horizontal surface. When NO load is
applied, a gap of 2 mm exists between the lower end of the bar Q and the rigid horizontal
surface. When a vertical load W is placed on the horizontal bar in the downward direction, the
bar still remains horizontal and gets displaced by 5 mm in the vertically downward direction
The magnitude of the load W (in kN, round off to the nearest integer) , is __ [GATE 2020 FN]
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24717)
A circular bar of diameter 50 mm is subjected to pull of 50 KN. Take poission's ratio = 0.33 and
Young's Modulus of Elasticity = 7.07 X 104 N/mm2. Value of shear modulus is: [APPSC PL
2020]
A.2.65 x 104 N/mm2
B.3.6 x 104 N/mm2
C.6.93 x 104 N/mm2
D.9.36 x 104 N/mm2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24148)
A bimetallic strip is made of two metals with equal areas of cross section. Due to temperature
change, the stress developed in one strip is 40 N/mm2. What is the stress developed in another
component of the composite bar? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:-40 N/mm2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24147)
A copper bar of area of cross section 200mm2 is encased in a steel tube of area of cross section
400mm2. Due to an external load, the stress in copper bar is 10 MPa and load on composite bar is
P. What is the load shared by the steel bar ? Es/Ecu=2 [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer: 0.8 P
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24146)
A composite bar is made of steel and aluminium strips, with Aa =4As where Aa and As are areas of
cross-section of aluminium and steel bars, respectively Es/Ea =3. Due to an external load, if the
stress developed in the aluminium is 30 MPa, then what is the stress developed in the steel bar?
Correct Answer:90 MPa
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24145)
A spherical ball of volume 1000cm3 is subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 100 N/mm2 and bulk
modulus of the material is 200 kN/mm2. What is the change in volume of the ball? [APPSC AEE
2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:500 mm3
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24143)
A bar is subjected to an axial tensile stress. If the volumetric strain in the bar is 0.4 times the
axial strain, what is the Poisson’s ratio of the material? [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:0.30
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24138)
A 120mm long and 60mm diameter steel rod fits snugly between two rigid walls 120mm apart at
room temperature. Young’s modulus of elasticity and coefficient of linear expansion of steel are
2 x 105 N/mm2 and 12x10-6/0C respectively. The stress developed in the rod due to a 1000C rise in
temperature will be[APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:240 N/mm2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24137)
The Poisson’s ratio of a material which has Young’s modulus of 120 GPa, and shear modulus of
50 GPa, is[APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:0.2
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24135)
Young’s modulus of elasticity and Poisson’s ratio of a material are 1.2x105 MPa and 0.34
respectively. The modulus of rigidity of the material is [APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3]
Correct Answer:0.4477 x 105 MPa
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24024)
A 1 m long rod is fixed at one end. There is a rigid wall at a distance 1 mm from the free end of
the rod as depicted in the figure. What is the thermal stress generated in the rod if its temperature
is increased by 100oC?
Take E = 200 GPa and α = 12× 10-6 /oC (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) 40 MPa
(b) 80 MPa
(c) 120 MPa
(d) 240 MPa
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24016)
Find out the Lame constants (λ and µ) for an isotropic material having modulus of elasticity (E)
and Poisson’s ratio (ν) as 200 GPa and 0.2, respectively. (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) 80 GPa, 80 GPa
(b) 35.71 GPa, 166.6 GPa
(c) 55.55 GPa, 83.33 GPa
(d) 73.33 GPa, 66.66 GPa
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 24007)
A metal sphere of diameter D is subjected to a uniform increase in temperature ΔT. E, ν and α

are the Young’s modulus, Poisson’s ratio and Coefficient of thermal expansion respectively. If
the ball is free to expand, the hydrostatic stress developed within the ball due to temperature
change is (APPSC AEE-2019_ Screening test)
(a) 0
(b) α Δ TE/1-2μ
(c) - αΔTE/1-2μ
(d) αΔTE/(1-2μ)
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23868)
Relation between the elastic constants E and C for poisson’s ratio of 0.25 is [APPSC AEE
Prelims 2016]
A.E=10C
B.E=5C
C.E=2.5C
D.E=0.25C
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23867)
A tensile force of P is applied on a compound bar having two members X and Y. Then the load
shared by the member X is [APPSC AEE Prelims 2016]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23865)
A steel bar of 500mm length is under tensile stress of 100 N/mm2. If the modulus of elasticity is
2x1011 N/m2, then the total elongation of the bar will be [APPSC AEE Prelims 2016]
1)0.25 mm
2)2.50 mm
3)5.00 mm
4) 0.50 mm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23570)
a 1-m long steel rod with a cross-section of 20 mm× 20 mm is subjected to tensile forces of
40kN. Determine the elongation of the rod if them modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa (SSC JE 23-
09-2019- FN)
(a) 0.5 mm
(b) 5 mm
(c) 0.005 mm
(d) 50 mm
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23345)
If a prismatic bar of uniform c/s ‘A’ and length ‘L’ is suspended from top, then the elongation of
bar due to its self weight only is ___. Where, E is modulus of elasticity of bar material and γ is
the density of bar [MPSC ESE 2019-1]
(a) γ L2/2E
(b) γ L2/3E
(c) γ L2/5E
(d) γ L2/6E
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 23339)
A steel rod of c/s area 100 mm2 and 1 m long is subjected to a tensile force of 40 kN. What is the
total elongation of the rod ? If modulus of elasticity of steel is 200 GPa [MPSC ESE 2019-1]
(a) 0.5 mm
(b) 0.7 mm
(c) 1.2 mm
(d) 2.0 mm
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22897)
A tie bar 50 mm \ times 8 mm to carry a load of 80 kN. A specimen of same quality steel of
cross-sectional area is 250 mm3, If the maximum load carried by the specimen is 125 kN. The
gauge length will be[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 133 mm
(b) 126 mm
(c) 113 mm
(d) 106 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22894)
A tie bar 50 mm × 8 mm is to carry a load of 80 kN. A specimen of the same quality steel of
cross-sectional area is 250 mm2. For a maximum load of 125 kN carried by the specimen, the
factor of safety in the design will be [IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 3.0
(b) 2.5
(c) 2.0
(d) 1.5
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22844)
A steel bar 2 m long , 20 mm wide and 15 mm thick is subjected to a tensile load of 30 kN. If
poissons ratio is 0.25 and young’s modulus is 200 GPa, an increase in volume will be[IES 2020
prelims]
(a) 160 mm3
(b) 150 mm3
(c) 140 mm3
(d) 130 mm3
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22841)
A punch of 20 mm diameter is used to punch a hole in 8 mm thick plate. If the force required to
create a hole is 110 kN, the average shear stress in the plate will be nearly[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 410 MPa
(b) 320 MPa
(c) 220 MPa
(d) 140 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22840)
when a round bar material with diameter of 3.75 mm, length of 2.4 m, youngs modulus of 110
GN/m2 and shear modulus of 42 GN/m2 is stretched for 2.5 mm, its bulk modulus will be
nearly[IES 2020 prelims]
(a) 104 GN/m2
(b) 96 N/mm2
(c) 84 N/mm2
(d)76 N/mm2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22764)
a steel of 30 mm diameter and 3 m length is subjected to an axial pull of 50 kN. If E = 2× 109 Pa,

the elongation of the rod will be (Scientist/Engineer_ ISRO-2020)
(a) 2.225 mm
(b) 1.062 mm
(c) 0.525 mm
(d) 3.152 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22725)
the bulk modulus of elasticity of a material is twice its modulus of rigidity. The poisons ratio of
the material is (Scientist/Engineer_ ISRO-2020)
(a) 1/7
(b) 2/7
(c) 3/7
(d) 4/7
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22704)
a tube of aluminium of 40 m external diameter and 20 mm internal diameter is snugly fitted on a

solid steel rod of 20 mm diameter. The composite bar is subjected to an axial compressive force
P. If the stress on steel bar is 70 N/mm2, the stress in the aluminium tube and corresponding
value of P will be: (E for steel : 2× 10 5 N/mm2 and E for aluminium 7× 105
N/mm2) (Scientist/Engineer_ ISRO-2020)
(a) 24.5 N/mm2, 45.08 kN
(b) 36.5 N/mm2, 60.10 kN
(c) 54.5 N/mm2, 73.10 kN
(d) 73.80 N/mm2, 92.60 kN
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22682)
If Poisson’s ratio of a material is 0.3 then the ratio of Young’s modulus to bulk modulus
is (Engineering Assistant & Ward Amenities_2019)
(a) 0.6
(b) 0.8
(c) 1.2
(d) 1.4
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 22400)
A circular steel bar of 2 cm diameter carries a tensile load of 30 kN .

If E = 2 × 105 N/mm2, the elongation in the 30 cm length of bar will be (TNPSC AE -2012)
(a) 0.0143 mm
(b) 0.1430 mm
(c) 1.43 mm
(d) 14.30 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21867)
The maximum shear stress in a rectangular beam is……times of average shear stress[ISRO
2013]
(a) 1.15
(b) 1.25
(c) 1.5
(d) 1.75
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21838)
Two circular mild steel bars A and B of equal lengths have diameter 2 cm, and 3 cm
respectively. Each is subjected to a tensile load of magnitude T. The ratio of elongations of the
bars IA/IB is[ISRO 2013]
(a) 2/3
(b) 5/8
(c) 4/9
(d) 2/5
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21759)
Determine the change in volume of a steel block of size 80 mm× 40 mm × 60 mm when it is

subjected to be the hydrostatic pressure P = 180 Mpa. Use E = 200 Gpa and μ = 0.29 [ISRO
2014]
(a) (-) 217.72m m3
(b) (-) 812m m3
(c) (-) 182m m3
(d) (-) 128m m3
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21757)
A rod of length L= 500 mm and cross-sectional are A = 60 mm2 is made of an elasto plastic
material having a modular of elasticity E = 200 Gpa in its elastic range and yield point σy = 300
Mpa. The rod is subjected to an axial load until it is stretched 7 mm and the load is then
removed. What is the resulting permanent set ? [ISRO 2014]
(a) 6.25 mm
(b) 6.50 mm
(c) 6.00 mm
(d) 5.95 mm
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21578)
The youngs modulus of a material is `50 GPa and Poissons ratio is 0.25, the modulus of rigidity
of the material is[ISRO 2017]
(a) 30 GPa
(b) 50 GPa
(c) 60 GPa
(d) 100 GPa
 Related Exams
 More
Q 21576)
Two bars of different materials and same size are subjected to the same tensile force, If the bars
have unit elongation in the ratio of 3:5, then the ratio of modulus of elasticity of the two
materials will be[ISRO 2017]
(a) 2:5
(b) 3:5
(c) 5:3
(d) 3:4
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20549)
A solid cube is of 80 mm side and is subjected to a shear force of 320 kN and due to this force
the plane of the body shears by an amount of 0.04 mm. the modulus of rigidity for the material of
the cube is__kN/mm2 (AEE-2011)
(a)200
(b)80
(c)160
(d)100
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20548)
Two bars, one is steel and another is copper, are of same length and subjected to same amount of
increase in temperature. The coefficient of thermal expansion ratio for steel and copper is 2/3 . If
the expansion of bars allowed, the ratio of the increase in length of steel bar to that of copper bar
is (AEE-2011)
(a)3/2
(b)2/3
(c)(3/2 × 3/2)
(d) (2/3 × 2/3)
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20547)
A bar of length l is subjected to an increase in temperature of to centigrade but its expansion is

prevented totally. If α = coefficient of expansion and E = youngs modulus , the stress induced in
the bar is (AEE-2011)(AEE-2004)
(a)lα t
(b)lα E
(c)tα E
(d)tlE
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20541)
A steel bar of length l, young’s modulus E and coefficient of thermal expansion α is heated from
15oC to 40oC; the force induced in the bar , if it is free to expand is given by (AEE-2008)
(a) zero
(b) +25 α E/l
(c) -25 α E/l
(d) +25 α E
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20540)
A steel bar of 20.0 mm diameter and 4.50 m length is heated to 40oC above the ambient
temperature, and clamped at the end. If the clamps have yielded by 0.50 mm on cooling, and the
coefficient of thermal expansion if 10.0×10-6/K, the strain in the bar is (AEE-2004,2006Dec)
(a)0.0003 tensile
(b)0.0003 compressive
(c)0.0004 tensile
(d)0.0004 compressive
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20537)
The ratio of stresses induced in three bars having coefficients of linear expansions as α1 ,α2, α3 but
of lengths 10mts,20mts,and 30mts., and same modulus of elasticity E when raised by a
temperature toC is given by (AEE-1996)
(a) α1 : α2 : α3
(b) α1 : 2α2 : α3
(c) 3α1 : 2α2 : α3
(d) cannot be perdicted
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20536)
A rod of square of side D at one end tapers to a square section of side a at the other end. If its
length is L an dis subjected to an axial pull P, the increase in its length is given by (AEE-
2004,FEB2004)
(a)4PL/π EDd
(b) 2PL/π EDd
(c) PL/π EDd
(d) 4PL/π 2EDd
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20535)
A composite member consists of steel for and copper tube of same length. If youngs modulus for
steel and copper are 210 kN.mm2 and 105 kN/mm2, the ratio of stress in steel (σ1) to stress in
copper (σ2 )is (AEE-2011)
(a)one
(b)two
(c)three
(d)four
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20532)
When a rectangular bar of length l, breadth b, and thickness t is subjected to an axial pull of P,
then linear strain (ϵ ) is given by (AEE-2009)
(a)ε = P/btE
(b) ε = btE/P
(c) ε = bt/PE
(d) ε = PE/bt
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20531)
Total elongation produced by a bar due to self weight is given by (AEE-

2009)
(a)9.81ρ l2/E
(b) 9.81ρ l2/2E
(c) 9.81ρ l/E
(d) 9.81ρ2l/2E
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20529)
A bar of length L meters extend by l mm under a tensile force of P. The tensile strain produced
in the bar is (AEE-2008)
(a) l/L
(b)0.1l/L
(c)0.00l/L
(d)0.001l/L
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20528)
Two bars of different materials and same size are subjected to the same tensile force. If the bars
have unit elongation in the ratio 2:5, then the ratio of modulus of elasticity of the two materials
will be (AEE-2008)
(a)2:5
(b)5:2
(c)4:3
(d)3:4
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20527)
The change in length due to a tensile or compressive force P acting, on a body of length l, cross-
sectional area A and Youngs modulus E s given by (AEE-2008)
(a) PlA/E
(b)Pl/AE
(c)E/PlA
(d)AE/Pl
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20526)
A composite bar of copper and steel is heated. the ratio of tensile force in steel and the
compressive force in copper will be (AEE-2007)
(a) 1.0
(b)0.5
(c)2.0
(d)in proportion of values E of copper and steel
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20525)
A tapered bar of diameter D at base and length l having specific weight ρ is suspended freely.
The elongation will be (AEE-2007)
(a) ρ l2/6E
(b) ρ l3/E
(c) ρ l3/4E
(d) ρ l2/3E
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20524)
If the length of a freely hanging uniform steel rope is doubled, the elongation will increase in the
ratio (AEE-2007)
(a)4:1
(b)2:1
(c)1:1
(d)8:1
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20523)
The extension of the bar of is (AEE-2007)
()a 4Fl/π EDd

(b)4Fl/π Dd
(c)4Fl/π E(√Dd)
(d)4Fl/π E(D+d)
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20519)
The ratio of elongation in a prismatic bar due to its own weight (W) as compared to another
similar bar carrying an additional weight (W) will be (AEE-2007)
(a) 1:2
(b)1:3
(c)1:4
(d)1:5
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20516)
A solid cube is subjected to equal compressive stress on all the faces, the ratio of the volumetric
strain to linear strain is (AEE-2004,AE2004)
(a) 0.30
(b) 0.50
(c)1.00
(d) 3.0
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20515)
A mild steel bar of 250.0 mm length is subjected to an axial force of 20.0kN. if the youngs
modulus is 200.0 GPa, allowable stress is 100.0 MPa and allowable deformation is 0.10 mm, its
cross-section should be at least (AEE-2004,AE2004)
(a) 200.0 mm2
(b) 500.0 mm2
(c) 250.0 mm2
(d) 400.0 mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20514)
A solid cylinder of diameter D carries an axial load P and if its youngs modulus of elasticity is E
and Poissons ratio is μ , the change in its diameter is given by (AEE-2004,FEB2004)
(a) 4 P μ /π E D
(b) 2 P μ /π E D
(c) P μ /π E D
(d) P μ /2 π E D
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20513)
A bar of constant cross-sectional area A has an axial load P and its length L with youngs
modulus of elasticity E. for stress not exceeding proportional limit, the deformation δ is (AEE-
2004)
(a) δ = PA/LE
(b) δ = PE/AL
(c) δ = 2PA/LE
(d) δ = PL/AE
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20512)
The total elongation of a solid uniform metal bar of diameter D and length L, density γ and
young s modulus of elasticity E, hanging vertically fro its upper end is given by (AEE-2004)
(a) γ L2/E
(b) 2γ L2/E
(c) γ L2/2E
(d) γ L2/4E
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20511)
For punching a hole of 20 mm in a plate of 20 mm thick, if the shear stress is 40 N/sq.cm,
the force required in Newtons would be (AEE-1996)
(a) 16,000
(b) 12,566
(c) 50,265
(d) cant be calculated
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20509)
A short iron column carries a load of 80 tonnes. If the original diameter is 8cm and E=1
×106 kg/sq.cm and poisons ratio is 0.25 then the increase in dia of column in cm would be (AEE-
1996)
(a) 0.00318
(b)0.00216
(c)0.00164
(d) 0.00288
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20508)
If E is assumed to be correct, an error of 1% is done in determination of N. If the correct value of

poisons ratio (μ ) is 0.25, the error involved in calculating μ is (AEE-1996)
(a) 1%
(b)5%
(c)8%
(d)1.2%
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20505)
A solid cube is subjected same magnitude of tensile forces along its three directions. If 1/m =
0.25 and σ = tensile stress on faces of the cube and E = Youngs modulus , the volumetric strain
of the cube is given by (AEE-2011)
(a) σ / E
(b) 1.5σ /E
(c) 2 σ /E
(d) 2.5σ /E
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20504)
A material is said to be incompressible if the material is (AEE-2011)

(a) E = 3C
(b) C = 3E
(c) E = 3K
(d) K = 3E
*Question incorrect
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20503)
If Poissons ratio for a material is 0.25, the ratio of its young's modulus to shear modulus
is (AEE-2011)
(a) 1.25
(b) 2.50
(c) one
(d) 1.75
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20498)
If the Youngs modulus of elasticity of a material is twice its modulus of rigidity, then the poisons
ratio of the material is (AEE-2008)
(a) -1
(b) -0.5
(c) 0.5
(d) zero
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20496)
A material has Youngs modulus E, Modulus of rigidity G, and Poissons ratio 0.2 The ratio of
youngs modulus to modulus of rigidity of the material is (AEE-2009)
(a) 3.35
(b) 2.4
(c) 2.85
(d) 1.85
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 20485)
The tensile force required to cause an elongation of 0.045 mm in steel rod of 1000 mm length
and 12 mm diameter with Youngs modulus of elasticity (AEE-2004)
E = 2×106 kg/cm2 is
(a) 166kg
(b)102kg
(c)204 kg
(d)408 kg
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19334)
A bar uniformly tapering from a diameter d1 at one end to a diameter d1 at the other end , is
subjected to an axial tensile load P. The length of the bar is l and the young's modulus is E . The
extension of the bar is (AE sub-ordinates , Mains -2017)[APPSC AEE 2019 Paper-3][AEE
2016]
A. 4 Pl / π E d1 d2
B. 4 P l d1d2/π E
C. P l / 4 π E d1 d2
D. P l E/ 4 π d1 d2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19333)
A bar 36mm X 36mm X 260 mm long is subjected to a pull of 100kN , in the direction of length.
The decrease in each lateral dimension is 0.004mm The lateral strain is (AE sub-ordinates ,
Mains -2017)
A. 1.45 × 10-4
B. 1.11 × 10-4
C. 1.32×10-4
D. 1.25×10-4
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19327)
Let the strain produced in length and diameter of cylindrical rod be 0.002 and 0.005 respectively.
Then the volumetric strain given by (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. 0.015
B. 0.03
C. 0.025
D. 0.01
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19324)
A circular solid uniform metal of cross section area A and length L is hanging vertically from its
upper end. If the bar is having weight of W and modulus of rigidity E, the total elongation of the
bar due to its own weight will be (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. WL/3AE
B. WL/2AE
C. WL/AE
D. 2WL/AE
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19320)
If a circular rod having Poisson’s ratio µ is subjected to an axial pull and if the strain is e, Then
the lateral strain is equal to (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. e/ µ
B. µe
C. -e/ µ
D. µe
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19319)
The diameter of a tapering rod varies from D to D/2 in length of L m .If it is subjected to an axial
tension of P the change length is (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. 4PL/( πED2)
B. None of the above
C. 8PL/( πED2)
D. 2PL/( πED2)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19316)
The ratio of bulk modulus to Young's modulus for a Poissons ratio of 0.25 will be (AE sub-
ordinates , Mains -2017)
A. 1
B. 1/3
C. 2/3
D. 3/2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19315)
The Youngs modulus of a material is 125GPa and Poissons ratio is 0.25. The modulus of rigidity
of the material is (APPSC AE (Prelims)-2016)
A. 30GPa
B. 50GPa
C. 80GPa
D. 100GPa
*no ans
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19314)
The relationship between the elastic constants E and C for Poissons ratio of )0.25 is (APPSC-
AEE-Prelims-2016)
A. E=10C
B. E=5C
C. E= 2.5C
D. E=0.25C
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19313)
The value of Poissons ratio for which bulk modulus of a material will be equal to its Youngs
Modulus (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. 0.45
B. 0.15
C. 0.33
D. 0.25
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 19312)
The bulk modulus of elasticity of a materials is twice its modulus of rigidity.

The Poissons ratio of the material is (APPSC-AEE-MAINS-2016)
A. 4/7
B. 2/7
C. 1/7
D. 3/7
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17784)
A mild steel tapers uniformly from 24 mm dia to 12 mm dia over its length of 400 mm.the rod
when held vertical is subjected to an axial tensile laod of 12 kN.E= 2 x 105 N/mm2.The extension
of the rod in mm would be [IES 2013-1]
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17728)
A mild steel rod tapers uniformly from 30 mm diameter to 12 mm diameter in a length of 300
mm.The rod is subjected to an axial load of 12 kN .E=2 x 105 N/mm2.What is the extension of the
rod in mm? [IES 2009-1]
A.4 π/5 B.2/5 π
C.π/5 D.1/5 π
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17723)
A soild metal bar of uniform sectional area throughout its length hangs vertically from its upper
end.Details of the bar are:length = 6m,material density =8 x 10-5 N/mm2.What will be the
elongation of the bar in mm? [IES 2009-1]
A.288/104
B.48/104
C.144/104
D.72/104
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 17683)
The deformation of a vertically held bar of length L and cross-section A is due to its selfweight
only. If Young’s modulus is E and the unit weight of the bar is y, the elongation dL is [IES 2018]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16010)
Let the strain produced in length and diameter of cylindrical rod be 0.02 and 0.005
respectively .then the Volumetric strain is given by [APPSC AEE(CIVIL&MECH) 2016]
A.0.03
B.0.025
C.0.015
D.0.01
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 16008)
The ratio of loads shared by parts ‘AB’ and ‘BC’ of the bar shown below is [APPSC AEE 2016]
A.1:1
B.2:1
C.3:1
D.1:2
Correct Options : D
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 16006)
two bars of same area and length but of different materials are subjcted to same tensile force .If
the bars have their axial elongation in the ratio of 4:6,then the ratio of modulus of elasticity of
the two materials would be[APPSC AEE 2016]
Correct Options : B
Solution

Related Exams

More

Q 15996)
A brass tube has enclosed a steel bar and they have equal cross-sectional area .The Young’s
modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa and 100 GPa for steel and brass respectively .Then the ratio of
steel developed in the steel bar to that in the brass tube under compression is[APPSC AEE 2016]
A.0.5
B.1
C.1.5
D.2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15968)
If temperature changes from to to t in a simple bar with both ends constrained and having
modulus of elasticity E and thermal coefficient α ,the thermal stress due to the temperature rise
is[APPSC AEE 2016]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15967)
A vertical prismatic bar fixed at the top end and loaded with P at the bottom free end ,is having a
unit weight of W and its L. If σ is the working stress ,the safe cross sectional area for the bar
when P and self weight are considered is given by[APPSC AEE 2016]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15945)
A bar of uniform rectangular section of area A is subjected to an axial tensile load P; its Young’s
modulus is E and its Poisson’s ratio is —. Its volumetric strain, ev is [IES 2019]
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15944)
A steel rod 15 m long is at a temperature of 15°C. The values of α = 12 x 10-6/°C and E=200
GN/m2 are adopted. When the temperature is raised to 65°C, what is the free expansion of the
length; and if this expansion of the rod is fully prevented, what is the temperature stress
produced? [IES 2019]
(A)5 mm and 120 MN/m2
(B)9 mm and 120 MN/m2
(C)5 mm and 150 MN/m2
(D)9 mm and 150 MN/m2
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15943)
A bar specimen of 36 mm diameter is subjected to a pull of 90 kN during a tension test. The

extension on a gauge length of 200 mm is measured to be 0.089 mm and the change in diameter
to be 0.0046 mm. The Poisson’s ratio will be [IES 2019]
(A)0.287
(B)0.265
(C)0.253
(D)0.241
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15737)
For material, the modulus of rigidity is 100 GPa and the modulus of elasticity is 250 GPa. The
value of the Poisson’s ratio is [IES 2018]
A.0.20 B.0.25 C.0.30 D.0.35
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15654)
A mild steel bar, circular in cross-section, tapers from 40 mm diameter to 20 mm diameter over
tis length of 800 mm. It is subjected to an axial pull of 20 kN. E = 2 x 105 N/mm2. The increase in
the length of the rod will be [IES 2017]
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15645)
A solid uniform metal bar of diameter D mm and length ‘l’ mm hangs vertically from its upper
end. The density of the material is ρ N/mm3 and its modulus of elasticity is E N/ mm2. The total
extension of the rod due to its own weight would be [IES 2017]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15640)
What is the stress at the section x - x for the bar ABCD with uniform cross-section 1000 mm2?
[IES 2017]
A.20 N/mm2(Tensile)
B.30 N/mm2(compressive)
C.80 N/mm2(Tensile)
D.50 N/mm2(compressive)
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15318)
A mild steel bar, 1.5 m long, has a square section 40 mm * 40 mm. The bar is subjected to a two-
dimensional stress, σx=310 N/mm2(tensile) and σy=300 N/mm2 (compressive). E=2 x105 N/mm2,
Poisson’s ratio µ. = 0.3. The elongation of the bar is the direction of σx will be[IES 2016-1]
(a)1.25mm
(b)1.75 mm
(c)2.25 mm
(d) 3 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15307)
Two similar bars of Steel and Aluminium are heated to a same temperature. Forces are applied at
the ends of the bars to maintain their lengths unaltered. If the ratio of Young’s moduli of Steel
and Aluminium is 3, and the ratio of the coefficients of thermal expansion of Steel to that of
aluminium is 0.5, what is the stress on the Aluminium bar if the stress on the Steel bar is 100
MPa ? [IES 2016-1]
a. 16.7 MPa
b. 66.7 MPa
c. 136.7 Mpa
d. 150.0 Mpa
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15296)
The state of stress on an element is as shown in the figure. If E = 2 x105 N/mm2 and Poisson’s

ratio = 0.3, the magnitude of the stress σ for no strain in BC is[IES 2016-1]
A.84 N/mm2
B.64 N/mm2
C.34 N/mm2
D.24 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15291)
The longitudinal strain of cylindrical bar of 25 mm diameter and 1.5 m length is found to be 3
times its lateral strain in a tensile test. What is the value of Bulk Modulus by assuming
E=1x105 N/mm2 ? [IES 2016-1]
(a) 2 x 105 N/mm2
(b)1.1 x105N/mm2
(c) 1 x 105 N/mm2
(d)2.1 x105 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15119)
A solid conical bar of circular cross-section is suspended vertically as shown in the figure. The
diameter of the bar at the base, D, equals 100 mm and its length, L, is 0.5 m. If E = 200
GN/m2 and its weight per unit volume is 80 kN/m3, the elongation of the bar under self-weight
is[IES 2015-1]
(a) 1.50 x10-6 mm

(b)1.67 x10 -5 mm
(c) 1.71 x 10-6 mm
(d)1.87 x 10-5 mm
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15082)
For a block with Young’s Modulus of its material being 210 GPa and its Poisson’s Ratio being
0.25, when subjected to a stress system as shown in the figure, what is the magnitude of the
stress ’ σ ‘ for no strain along AB? [IES 2015-1]
(a) 30 N/mm2
(b) 60 N/mm2
(c) 120 N/mm2
(d) 240 N/mm2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15076)
For a given elastic material, the Elastic Modulus E is 210 GPa and its Poisson’s Ratio is 0.27.
What is the approximate value of its Modulus of Rigidity?[IES 2015-1]
(a) 105 GPa
(b) 83 Gpa
(c)159 GPa
(d) 165 Gpa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 15057)
A mechanism shown in the figure consists of equally long steel and copper wires which carry the
applied load in equal shares. What shall be the ratio of the diameter of the copper wire to that of
the steel wire, when both the wires undergo equal strains ? [IES 2015-1]
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 14978)
A load of 1960 N is raised at the end of a steel wire. The minimum diameter of the wire so that
stress in the wire does not exceed 100 N/mm2 is__[SSC JE 04-03-2017 AN]
1) 4.0 mm
2) 4.5 mm
3) 5.0 mm
4) 5.5 mm
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 13394)
An elastic bar of length L,uniform cross sectional area A,coefficient of thermal expansion α ,and
Young’s modulus E is fixed at the two ends .The temperature of the bar is increased by
T,resulting in an axial stress σ .keeping all other parameters unchanged ,if the length of the bar is
doubled ,the axialstress would be [GATE 2017 FN]
(A)σ
(B)2σ
(C)0.5 σ
(D) 0.25ασ
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 13393)
An elastic isotropic body is in a hydrostatic state of stress as shown in figure .for no change in
the volume to occur,what should be its poisson’s ratio? [GATE 2016 AN]
(A)0.00
(B)0.25
(C)0.50
(D) 1.00
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 12362)
Two bars of different materials are of the same size and are subjected to same tensile forces. If
the bars have unit elongations in the ratio of 4 : 7, then the ratio of modulius of elasticity of the
two materials is [SSC JE 22-01-2018 AN]
A.4:7
B.4:10
C.16:49
1)A Only
2)B Only
3)C Only
4)None of these
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 11880)
A steel rod of sectional area 25 sq. mm connects two parallel walls 5 m apart. The nuts at the
ends were tightened when the rod was heated at 100° C. If αsteel = 0.000012/oC,Esteel = 0.2
MN/mm2, the tensile force developed at a temperature of 50° C is…[SSC JE 02-03-2017 FN]
1)80 N/mm2
2)100 N/mm2
3)120 N/mm2
4) 150 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10778)
A bar of certain material of section 4 Cm2 is subjected to a pull of 16 T. Thereby the extention is
0.01 cm in length of 20 cm. If poisson's ratio is 1/4, the rigidity Modulus of the material in
Kg/Sq. cm. is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1. 2 xlO6
2. 1.6 x 106
3. 1.3 x 106
4. 4. 8 x 106
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10766)
A steel rod of sectional area 3 sq. cm. connects two parellel walls 6m apart and when the rod is
heated to 100 degrees c, the nuts at the ends are tightened up. The pull exerted by the bar on
cooling to200C with ends not yielding and assuming.[APPSC AEE 1987]
a = 0.000012 /0C, E = 2.1 x 106 ksc would be in kg/cm2
1. 4056
2. 3482
3. 6057
4. 7218
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10762)
A bar of rectangular section is tension under an axial stress of 200 kg / sq.cm. If poisson's ratio is
1/3 for the material, the stress to be applied to the side faces, to prevent any change in cross
sectional dimensions, in kg/sq.cm. is [APPSC AEE 1987]
1. 80
2. 100
3. 120
4. 96
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10736)
A short cast iron column carries a load of 80 MT. If the original diameter is 8 cm & Es = 1 x
106 kg/sq.cm and Poisson's ratio = 0.25 then the increase in dia. of column in cm would
be[APPSC AEE 1987]
1.0.00318
2.0.00216
3.0.00164
4.0.00288
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10734)
For punching a hole of 20 mm dia in a plate 20 mm thick, if the shear stress is 30 kg/sq. mm. the
force required in kg would be[APPSC AEE 2012]
1.10,000
2.18,850
3.28,850
4.37,699
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10682)
A bar of 2m length is fixed at both ends. If E = 2 x 106 kg/cm2, the coefficient of expansion is 1.5
x 10-6/0C and the temperature rise is 20°C, the stress developed in the material is[APPSC AEE
1984]
1. 60 kg/cm2 tensile
2. 60 kg/cm2 compressive
3. no stress is developed
4. 60 kg/cm2 tensile at one face and 60 kg/cm2 compressive on opposite face
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10681)
Whatever may be the value of Poisson's ratio, the ratio of Bulk modulus to Young's modulus will
be[APPSC AEE 1984]
1. 3
2. between 33.33 to 1/294
3. 1 and 3
4. 1/3 and 1
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 10680)
A stress of 1000 kg/cm2 tensile acts on a cube along x direction. If E = 2 x 106kg/cm2 and

poisson’s ratio of 0.25, the stress required to prevent strain a long y direction is[APPSC AEE
1984]
3. 250 kg/cm2 compressive
4. Zero
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9874)
A localised compressive stress at the area of contact between two members is known as
[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
a) shear
b) crushing
c) bending
d) Tensile
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9848)
Young’s modulus of elasticity and Poisson’s ratio of a material are 1.25 X 105 MPa and 0.34
respectively. The modulus of rigidity of the material is[ APPSC-AE(Public Health 2012]
a) 0.4025 X 105 MPa
b) 0.4664 X 105 MPa
c) 0.8375 X 105 MPa
d) 0.9469 X 105 MPa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9582)
Stress in concrete is 5N/mm2. Ratio of Young's modulus of steel to concrete is 15. Stress in
steel[APPSC AE 1993]
1. 20 N/mm2
2. 3 N/mm2
3. 75 N/mm2
4. 0.25 N/mm2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9297)
The force required to punch a 10 mm diameter hole in a mild steel plate 10mm thick, if the shear
strength of mild steel is 360 MPa is[APPSC AEE 2012]
A.9πkN
B.36πkN
C.18πkN
D.2.25πkN
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9296)
If a rigidly connected bar of steel and copper is cooled, the copper bar will be subjected to
[APPSC AEE 2012]
1. compression
2. shear
3. tension
4. None of these
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9295)
The relationship between Young's modulus and shear modulus when1/m = 0, is[APPSC AEE
2012]
1) E = 2C
2) E = 3C
3) E = 2C + 1
4) C = 2E
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 9294)
The force p for equilibrium of the bar shown in the figure is[APPSC AEE 2012]
Cross-sectorial area = 800 mm3

1) 60 KN
2) 40 KN
3) 120 KN
4) 20 KN
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8624)
A rod of length I m, area 300 sq mm and self weight 6 kN is suspended vertically and is firmly
fixed at the top. Modulus of elasticity ,s 200 GPa. What is the total elongation of the bar due to
its self weight?[TSPSC AEE 2017]
1)1 mm
(2) 0.1mm
(3) 0.05 mm
(4) 0.5 mm
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 8444)
A rectangular box made with thin uniform plate measures 2000mm x 1000mm x 1000mm. When
the box is subjected to certain internal pressure, the dimensions in respective directions have
changed by +2.0mm, -1mm and +1mm. The change in the volume of the box is_______[TSPSC
HMWS&SB 2015]
(1) 2.0 x 106 mm3
(2) 1.0 x 106 mm3
(3) 2.0 x 103 mm3
(4) 2.0 x 105 mm3
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5588)
A rigid beam is hinged at one end and supported on linear elastic spring (both having a stiffness
of K) at points 1 and 2 an inclined load acts at 2 as shown in [GATE-11]
If the load P equals 100 KN ,which of the following options represents forces R1 and R2 in the
springs at points 1 and 2?
(a) R1=20KN and R2= 40KN
(b) R1=50KN and R2=50KN
(c) R1=30KN and R2= 60KN
(d) R1=40KN and R2=80KN
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5586)
A rigid bar is suspended by three rods made of the same material as shown in the figure.the area
and length of the central rod are 3A and L,respectively while that of two outer rods are 2A and
2L ,Respectively .If a downward force of 50 KN is applied to the rigid bar,the forces in the
central and each of the outer rods will be(GATE-07)
(a)16.67 KN each
(b) 30KN and 15KN
(c)30KN and 10KN
(d)21.4 KN and 14.3KN
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5585)
A metal bar of length 100mm inserted between two rigid supports and its temperature is
increased by 10oc .If the coefficient of thermal expansion is 12 x 10-6 per oc and the Youngs
modulus is 2x 105 MPA,the stress in the bar is (GATE-07 )
(a)zero
(b) 12 MPa
(c)24 MPa
(d)2400 MPa
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5584)
A bar of varying square cross ection is loaded symmetrically as shown in figure .Loads shown
are placed on one of the axes symmetry of cross section .ignoring selfweight ,The maximum
tensile stress in N/mm2 anywhere is (GATE-03 )
(a)16.0
(b) 20.0
(c)25.0
(d) 30.0
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5582)
The axial movement of top surface of stepped column as shown in figure is (GATE-89 )
(a)2.5PL/AE
(b) 3PL/AE
(c)1.5PL/AE
(d)2PL/AE
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5581)
A tapered circular rod of diameter vary from 20 mm to 10 mm is connected to another uniform

circular rod of diameter 10 mm as shown in the following figure .Both bars are made of same
material with the modulus of elasticity ,E=2x105N/mm2MPA.When subjected to a load P=30Π
KN,The deflection at point A is ____is [GATE 2015 FN]
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5572)
The max value of poisson’s ratio for an elastic material is (GATE-91 )

(a)0.25
(b)0.5
(c)0.75
(d)1.0
Correct Options : B
 Related Exams
 More
 Video
Q 5494)
A rigid bar shown in the figure is hinged at A, is supported by a rod at b, and carries a load W at
C.[IES 2014-1]
The resistive force in the rod is
a) 0.5 w
b) 1.0w
c) 1.5w
d) 2.0w
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5479)
A member ABCD is subjected to a force system as shown in the figure[IES 2014-1]
The resistive force in the part BC is

a) 365 ( Compressive)
b) 450 (Tensile)
c) 85 (Compressive)
d) 320 (Compressive)
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5478)
A steel rod, 2 m in length, 40 mm in diameter, is subjected to a pull of 70 kN as shown in the

figure. To what length should the bar be bored centrally from one end so that total extension will
increase by 20% under the same force (the bore diameter is 25 mm and E is 2 x 105 kN/mm2 )?
[IES 2014-1]
a) 0.46 m
b) 0.55 m
c) 0.87 m
d) 0.62 m
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5477)
A metal bar of 10 mm diameter when subjected to a pull of 23.5 kN gave an elongation of 0.3
mm on a gauge length of 200 mm. The young’s modulus of elasticity of the metal will nearly
be[IES 2014-1]
a) 200 kN/mm2
b) 300 kN/mm2
c) 360 kN/mm2
d) 400 kN/mm2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 5038)
Two circular mild steel bars A and b of equal lengths l have diameters d A = 2 cm and d B = 3 cm.
Each is subjected to a tensile load of magnitude P. The ratio of the elongation of the bars
l A /l B is[IES 2012-1]
a) 2/3
b) 3/4
c) 4/9
d) 9/4
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4731)
A prisamatic bar ABC is subjected to an axial load of 25 kN; the reaction R A and R C will be[IES
2010-1]
a) R A = -10 kN and R C = -15 kN
b) R A = 10 kN and R C = -35 kN
c) R A = -15 kN and R C= -10 kN
d) R A = 15 kN and R C = -40 kN
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4476)
A mild steel bar of square cross – section 25 x 25 mm is 1 m long. It is subjected to bi – axial

stress σ x = 400 N/mm 2 (Tension) and σ y = 400 N/mm 2 (Compression) . E = 2 x 10 5 N/mm 2 , μ
=0.3, what is the elongation of the bar in mm in x-direction?[IES 2009-1]
a) 1.0
b) 1.5
c) 2.0
d) 3.0
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4471)
For a material having modulus of elasticity equal to 208 Gpa and Poisson’s ratio equal to 0.3,
what is the modulus of rigidity?[IES 2009-1]
a) 74.0 Gpa
b) 80.0 Gpa
c) 100.0 Gpa
d) 128.5 Gpa
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4470)
A circular rod of diameter 30 mm and length 200 mm is subjected to a tensile force. The
extension in rod is 0.09 mm and change in diameter is 0.0045 mm. What is the Poission’s ratio
of the material of the rod?[IES 2009-1]
a) 0.30
b) 0.32
c) 0.33
d) 0.35
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4266)
The value of modulus of elasticity for a material in 200 GN/m2 and Poisson’s ratio is 0.25. What
is its modulus of rigidity?[IES 2008-1]
a. 250 GN/m2
b. 320 GN/m2
c. 125 GN/m2
d. 80 GN/m2
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4032)
If modulus of elasticity of a material is 189.8 GN/m 2 and its Poissons ratio is 0.30, what is the
approximate value of shear modulus of the material?[IES 2007-1]
a. 73 GN/m 2
b. 93.3 GN/m 2
c. 103.9 GN/m 2
d. 123.3 GN/m 2
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 4030)
A steel rod, 100 mm long is held between two rigid supports. It is heated by 20 °C. If the
coefficient of thermal expansion of the material of the rod is 15 × 10 -6 /°C and modulus of
elasticity is 200 × 10 6 MN/m 2, what is the stress in the rod?[IES 2007-1]
a. 20 MN/m2
b. 40 MN/m2
c. 60 MN/m2
d. 80 MN/m2
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3794)
Three wires of steel 1, 2 and 3, each having area ‘A’ support load W. What is the ratio between
collapse load and the load corresponding to yielding of, on of the wires?[IES 2006-1]
a. 3 : l
b. 3 : 2
c. 3 : 3
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3759)
A bar of 40 mm diameter and 400 mm length is subjected to an axial load of l00 kN. It elongates
by 0.150 mm and the diameter decreases by 0.005 mm. What is the Poission’s ratio of the
material of the bar ?[IES 2006-1]
a. 0.25
b. 0.28
c. 0.33
d. 0.37
Correct Options : C
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3524)
A mild steel bar of square cross-section 40 mm x 40 mm is 400 mm long. It is subjected to a

longitudinal tensile stress of 440 N/mm2 and lateral compressive stress is 200 N/mm2 In
perpendicular directions. E = 2 x 10 -5 N/mm 2 , µ = 0.3. What is the approximate elongation of
the bar in the longitudinal direction?[IES 2005-1]
a. 0.44 mm
b. 0.88 mm
c. 0.22 mm
d. 1 mm
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3519)
If Young’s modulus ‘E’ is equal to bulk modulus ‘K’, then what is the value of the Poisson’s
ratio?[IES 2005-1]
A.1/4
B.1/2
C.1/3
D.3/4
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3282)
A brass bar of solid section is encased in a steel tube as shown in the above diagram The
coefficient of expansion of steel is 11.2 x 10 -6 per °C and the coefficient of expansion of brass is
16.5 x 10 -6 per °C. The composite bar is heated through 600C.
Now consider the following statements :
1. The stress in the brass will be tensile
2. The stress in the steel will be tensile
3. The stress in the steel will be compressive
4. The stress in the brass will be compressive
Which of the statements given above are correct ?[IES 2004-1]
a. 1 and 2
b. 1 and 3
c. 2 and 4
d. 2 and 3
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3197)
The order of elongation which a specimen of mild steel under goes before fracture is[IES 2003-
1]
a. 0.1%
b. 1%
c. 10%
d. 100%
Correct Options : C
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 3162)
A rigid bar AC is supported by three rods of same material and of equal diameter. The bar AC is
initially horizontal. A force P is applied such that the bar AC continues to remain horizontal.
Forces in each of the shorter bars and in the longer bar are, respectively.[IES 2003-1]
a. 0.4 P, 0.2 P
b. 0.3 P, 0.4 P
c. 0.2 P, 0.6 P
d. 0.5 P , zero
Correct Options : A
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2810)
The bulk modulus of elasticity of a material is twice its modulus of rigidity. The Poisson’s ratio
of the material is[IES 2002-1]
a. 1/7
b. 2/7
c. 3/7
d. 4/7
Correct Options : B
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2398)
A bar of a uniform section is subjected to axial tensile loads such that the normal strain in the
axial direction is 1.25 mm per m. If the Poisson’s ratio of the material of the bar is 0.3, the
volumetric strain would be[IES 2000-1]
a. 2x 10 -4
b. 3 x 10 -4
c. 4x10 -4
d. 5 x 10 -4
Correct Options : D
 Solution
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2397)
A rigid beam CBDA is hinged at A and supported by two springs at C and B with a vertical load
‘P’ at point D as shown in the given figure. The ratio of stiffness (k2 /k1) of springs at B and C is
2. The ratio of forces in spring at C to that at B is[IES 2000-1]
a. 3/4
b. 1
c. 4/3
d. 2
Correct Options : A
 Related Exams
 More
Q 2396)
A Steel bar, 300 mm long and 24 mm diameter, is turned down to 18 mm diameter for one-third
of its length. It is heated 30o C above room temperature, clamped at both ends and then allowed
to cool to room temperature. It the distance between the clamps is unchanged, the maximum
stress is the bar (α=12.5x10-6 per oC and E = 200 GN/m2 is[IES 2000-1]
a. 25 MN / m2
b. 50 MN / m2
c. 75 MN / m2
d. 100 MN / m 2
Correct Options : D
 Related Exams
 More

Correct Options: D: Welfare Civil&Mech 2017)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Correct Options: D: Welfare Civil&Mech 2017)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Q 32782)

the maximum torque for the shaft section occurs between

A hollow shaft of external and internal diameter as 100 mm and 40 mm respectively is

A 60 mm dia. shaft is subjected to a torque of 6 kN-m. C = 8 x 104 N/mm2 .The maximum shear

(a) 1.73 Nmm

A hollow shaft of 16 mm outside diameter and 12 mm inside diameter is subjected to a torque of

A circular shaft of diameter 30 mm having shear modulus G = 80 GPa is subjected to moment as

A solid shaft of 100 mm diameter in a small hydraulic turbine is subjected to an axial

Correct Answer : 15.3-15.3

Normal stresses of 12 MN/m2 (Tensile) and 94 MN/m2 (Compressive) are acting at a point in an

A simply supported beam of length 4 m is subjected to a uniformly distributed load of 2 kN/m.

1)Indeterminable due to incomplete data

A simply supported beam of rectangular cross-section 100 mm x 200 mm carrying a

Correct Answer : 71-71

A wooden floor is required to carry a load of 12 kN/m2 and is to be supported by wooden joists

Correct Answer : 150-150

A beam has rectangular section 100 mm 200 mm. If it is subjected to a maximum BM of 4

(a)maximum near the fixed end

A beam of symmetrical section is subjected to a bending moment which procedures a maximum

A rectangular beam of dimensions b x d is to be cut from a circular log of wood of diameter D.

(a) 12.2 N/mm2

Correct Answer : 2.38-2.45

A simply supported beam of T-section is subjected to a uniformly distributed load acting

A structural beam subjected to a sagging bending has a cross-section which is an unsymmetrical

A simply supported beam AB of span L is subjected to a concentrated load W at the centre C of

1. Moment of the area of M/EI diagram between A and C taken about C

a cantilever beam of rectangular cross-section is subjected to a concentrated load W at its free

The beam AC simply supported at A and at C is pinned to a cantilever beam CD as shown in

The maximum deflection in m in a simply supported beam of span 10 m subjected to a central

a cantilever beam PQ of uniform flexural rigidity (EI) is subjected to a concentrated moment M

The deflection at the free end Q is [GATE 2020 FN]

A beam of uniform cross-section simply supported at ends carries a concentrated load W at

A cantilever beam AB as shown in fig is subjected to a point load of 12 kN over a span of 6 m

Which one of the following relationships is true?

A 3 m long simply supported beam of uniform cross section is subjected to a uniformly

The slope at P will be

a simply supported beam of span l carries a UDL of w Nm-1 ,what is the magnitude of

The deflection and slope of the beam at ‘Q’ are respectively

A cantilever beam of span L is subjected to a downward load of 800 KN uniformly distributed

A column of length 3.0 m area of cross-section 2,000 mm2 and moment of inertia of

Consider a circular member of diameter D subjected to a compressive load P. For a condition of

A column of height h with a rectangular cross-section of size a×2a has a buckling load of P If

The buckling load P = Pcr for the column AB in figure as KT approaches infinity,

at a concrete point in a structural member, there are perpendicular stresses 80 N/mm2 and 20

The permissible value of g by maximum strain theory is

A structural element is subjected to a two-dimensional stress system, wherein σ1 = 225

If σ and E for a body of volume 2x 105mm2 are 10 N/mm2 and 1x105 N/mm2 , resilience of the

An element of a structure is subjected to two principal stresses σ 1 and σ2

At a certain point in a structural member there are perpendicular stresses 80 N/mm 2 and 20

The thin cylinder analysis is generally applicable for a d t ratio of

Thin cylinders are frequently required to operate under pressure up to________.[APPSC AE

A cylindrical shell 3 meters long, 1 meter in diameter, thickness of metal 10 mm is subjected to a

A thin cylinder is subjected to an internal pressure of 40 MPa. If the longitudinal stress is 60

Correct Answer : 2-2

The vertical reaction at support X (in kN, in integer) is _____

Correct Answer : 30-30

for the overhang beam shown in figure,the hinge reaction at B is __

A propped cantilever AB is fixed at A and simply supported at B . If a 1 Kn concenctrated load

1. 24 kNm clockwise and 36 kNm clockwise

(1) 14·14 kN-m (2) 10 kN-m

fixed moment at A and B?

1. Reactions at A and B shall be upward and reaction at C shall be zero

A propped cantilever of span L fixed at A and simply supported at B is subjected to concentrated